Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Banks - Regional / Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.

Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.

pbhc · NASDAQ Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker pbhc
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Financial Services
Industry Banks - Regional
Employees 172
← All annual reports
FY2012 Annual Report · Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES  
SECURITIES EXCHANGE COMMISSION  
Washington, D.C. 20549  
FORM 10-K  

                     For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012.  

    ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934  
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012  

or  
(cid:1)   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934  
 For the transition period from ______________ to ______________.  

Commission file number: 000-23601  

PATHFINDER BANCORP, INC.  
        (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)  

                                         Federal      

                      16-1540137  
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or 
organization                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      (I.R.S. Employer 
Identification No.  

                    214 West First Street Oswego NY                                                                                      
                                                                                                                                                                           13126  
             (Address of principal executive offices) 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              (Zip 

Code)                

Registrant's telephone number, including area code:   (315) 343-0057  

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:    

                                                                                                                                        Title of each class    
                                                                                                                                   Name of each exchange on which registered  
                                                                                                                             Common Stock, $0.01 par 
value                                                                                                                              

The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC  

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. YES (cid:1)      NO (cid:3)  

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. YES (cid:1)   NO (cid:3)     

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None  

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 
12  months  (or  for  such  shorter  period  that  the  registrant  was  required  to  file  such  reports),  and  (2)  has  been  subject  to  such  filing  requirements  for  the  past  90  days.   

YES (cid:3)         NO (cid:1)     

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and 
posted  pursuant  to  Rule  405  of  Regulation  S-T  during  the  preceding  12  months  (or  for  such  shorter  period  that  the  registrant  was  required  to  submit  and  post  such 
files).          YES (cid:3)         NO (cid:1)  

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, 
to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-
K.  (cid:1)  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company.  See definitions of “large 
accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):  

                                                                                      Large accelerated filer   (cid:1)       Accelerated filer   (cid:1)        Non-accelerated filer   
(cid:1)      Smaller reporting company   (cid:3)  

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).   YES (cid:1)      NO (cid:3)  

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the Registrant, computed by reference to the last sale price on June 30, 2012, 
as reported by the NASDAQ Capital Market, was approximately $9.3 million.  
As of March  12, 2013, there were 2,618,182 shares outstanding of the Registrant’s Common Stock.  

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:  

(1) Proxy Statement for the 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders of the Registrant (Part III).  
(2) Annual Report to Stockholders (Part II and IV).  

 
 
 
   
   
 
   
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         
 
    
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
  
  
Table of Contents 

TABL E OF CONTENTS  

FORM 10-K ANNUAL REPORT  
FOR THE YEAR ENDED  
DECEMBER 31, 2012  
PATHFINDER BANCORP, INC.  

PART I  

Item 1.  
Item 1A.  
Item 1B.  
Item 2.  
Item 3.  

Business  
Risk Factors  
Unresolved Staff Comments  
Properties  
Legal Proceedings  

Item 4.  

Mine Safety Disclosure  

PART II  

Item 5.  

Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer  

Purchases of Equity Securities  

Selected Financial Data  
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations  
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk  
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data  
Changes In and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure  
Controls and Procedures  
Other Information  

Item 6.  
Item 7.  
Item 7A.  
Item 8.  
Item 9.  
Item 9A  
Item 9B.  

PART III  

Item 10.  
Item 11.  
Item 12.  

Item 13.  
Item 14.  

PART IV  

Directors, Executive Officers, Promoters, Control Persons and Corporate Governance, Compliance with Sections 16 (A) of Exchange Act   93   
93   
Executive Compensation  
93   
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related  

Stockholder Matters  

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence  
Principal Accounting Fees and Services  

Item 15.  

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules  

      Page  

3   
15   
15   
16   
17   

17  

17   

18   
19   
35   
36   
92   
92   
92   

93   
93   

94   

 
 
 
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
            
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents 

PAR T I  

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS  

When  used  in  this  Annual  Report  the  words  or  phrases  “will  likely  result”,  “are  expected  to”,  “will  continue”,  “is  anticipated”,  “estimate”,  ”project”  or  similar  expression  are 
intended  to  identify  “forward-looking  statements”  within  the  meaning  of  the  Private  Securities  Litigation  Reform  Act  of  1995.  Such  statements  are  subject  to  certain  risks  and 
uncertainties. By identifying these forward-looking statements for you in this manner, the Company is alerting you to the possibility that its actual results and financial condition may 
differ, possibly materially, from the anticipated results and financial condition indicated in these forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause the Company’s actual 
results and financial condition to differ from those indicated in the forward-looking statements include, among others:  

•   Credit quality and the effect of credit quality on the adequacy of our allowance for loan losses  
•   Deterioration in financial markets that may result in impairment charges relating to our securities portfolio  
•   Competition in our primary market areas  
•   Significant government regulations, legislation and potential changes thereto  
•   A reduction in our ability to generate or originate revenue-producing assets as a result of compliance with heightened capital standards  
•   Increased cost of operations due to greater regulatory oversight, supervision and examination of banks and bank holding companies, and higher deposit insurance premiums  
•   Limitations on our ability to expand consumer product and service offerings due to anticipated stricter consumer protection laws and regulations  
•   Other risks described herein and in the other reports and statements we file with the SEC  

These risks and uncertainties should be considered in evaluating forward-looking statements and undue reliance should not be placed on such statements. The Company wishes to 
caution readers not to place undue reliance on any such forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date made.  The Company wishes to advise readers that the factors 
listed above could affect the Company’s financial performance and could cause the Company’s actual results for future periods to differ materially from any opinions or statements 
expressed with respect to future periods in any current statements.  Additionally, all statements in this document, including forward-looking statements, speak only as of the date they 
are made, and the Company undertakes no obligation to update any statement in light of new information or future events.  

ITEM 1: BUSINESS  

General  

Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.  

Pathfinder  Bancorp, Inc.  (the  "Company")  is a federally  chartered  mid-tier  holding  company  headquartered  in  Oswego,  New  York.  The  primary  business  of  the  Company  is  its 
investment in Pathfinder Bank (the "Bank").  The Company is majority owned by Pathfinder Bancorp, M.H.C., a federally-chartered mutual holding company (the "Mutual Holding 
Company").   At December 31, 2012, the Mutual Holding Company held 1,583,239 shares of the Company’s common stock (“Common Stock”), the public and the Employee Stock 
Ownership Plan (“ESOP”), collectively, held 1,034,943 shares (the "Minority Stockholders").  At December 31, 2012, Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries had total assets of 
$477.8 million, total deposits of $391.8 million and shareholders' equity of $40.7 million.  

The Company's executive office is located at 214 West First Street, Oswego, New York and the telephone number at that address is (315) 343-0057.  

Page 3 

   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Table of Contents 

Pathfinder Bank  

The Bank is a New York-chartered stock savings bank and its deposit accounts are insured up to applicable limits by the FDIC through the Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”).  The 
Bank is subject to extensive regulation by the New York State Department of Financial Services (the “Department”), as its chartering agency, and by the FDIC, as its deposit insurer 
and  primary  federal  regulator.  The  Bank  is  required  to  file  reports  with,  and  is  periodically  examined  by,  the  FDIC  and  the  Department  concerning  its  activities  and  financial 
condition and must obtain regulatory approvals prior to entering into certain transactions, including, but not limited to, mergers with or acquisitions of other banking institutions.  The 
Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (“FHLBNY”) and is subject to certain regulations by the Federal Home Loan Bank System.  

The Bank is primarily engaged in the business of attracting deposits from the general public in the Bank's market area, and investing such deposits, together with other sources of 
funds, in loans secured by one- to four-family residential real estate, commercial real estate, small business loans, and consumer loans.  The Bank invests a portion of its assets in 
securities issued by the United States Government and its agencies and sponsored enterprises, state and municipal obligations, corporate debt securities, mutual funds, and equity 
securities.  The Bank also invests in mortgage-backed securities primarily issued or guaranteed by United States Government sponsored enterprises.  The Bank's principal sources of 
funds  are  deposits, principal  and interest payments  on loans and investments, as  well as borrowings  from correspondent  financial institutions.  The principal source  of  income is 
interest on loans and investment securities.  The Bank's principal expenses are interest paid on deposits, employee compensation and benefits, data processing and facilities.  

Pathfinder Bank also operates through a limited purpose commercial bank subsidiary, Pathfinder Commercial Bank, which serves the depository needs of municipalities and public 
entities in its market area.  

The Bank has Pathfinder REIT, Inc., a New York corporation, as its wholly-owned real estate investment trust subsidiary.  At December 31, 2012, Pathfinder REIT, Inc. held $21.6 
million in  mortgages and mortgage related assets.  All disclosures in this Form 10-K relating to the Bank's loans and investments include loans and investments that are held by 
Pathfinder REIT, Inc.  

The Bank also has 100% ownership in Whispering Oaks Development Corp., a New York corporation, which is retained in case the need to operate or develop foreclosed real estate 
emerges.  

Additionally, the Bank has 100% ownership in Pathfinder Risk Management Company, Inc. which was established to record the 51% controlling interest upon the purchase of the 
Fitzgibbons Agency, an Oswego County property and casualty and life and health insurance business with $400,000 in annual revenues.  The Company has received all required 
regulatory approvals and, pending the completion of the final stages of due diligence to affirm the purchase price allocation, this transaction is targeted to close prior to mid-year 
2013.  

Finally,  the  Company  has  a  non-consolidated  Delaware  statutory  trust  subsidiary,  Pathfinder  Statutory  Trust  II,  of  which  100%  of  the  common  equity  is  owned  by  the 
Company.  Pathfinder Statutory Trust II was formed in connection with the issuance of $5.2 million in trust preferred securities.  

Employees  

As of December 31, 2012, the Bank had 102 full-time employees and 16 part-time employees.  The employees are not represented by a collective bargaining unit and we consider 
our relationship with our employees to be good.  

Page 4 

   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
Table of Contents 

MARKET AREA AND COMPETITION  

The  economy  in  the  Bank's  market  area  is  manufacturing-oriented  and  is  also  significantly  dependent  upon  the  State  University  of  New  York  College  at  Oswego.  The  major 
manufacturing  employers  in  the  Bank's  market  area  are  Entergy  Nuclear  Northeast,  Novelis,  Constellation,  NRG  and  Huhtamaki.  The  Bank  is  the  largest  depository  institution 
headquartered in Oswego County.  The Bank's business and operating results are significantly affected by the general economic conditions prevalent in its market areas.  

The Bank encounters strong competition both in attracting deposits and in originating real estate and other loans.  Its most direct competition for deposits comes from commercial 
banks,  savings  banks,  savings  associations  and  credit  unions  in  its  market  area.  Competition  for  loans  comes  from  such  financial  institutions  as  well  as  mortgage  banking 
companies.  The Bank competes for deposits by offering depositors a high level of personal service, a wide range of competitively priced financial services, and a strong network of 
branches,  ATMs,  and  electronic  banking.  The  Bank  competes  for  real  estate  loans  primarily  through  the  interest  rates  and  loan  fees  it  charges  and  advertising,  as  well  as  by 
originating and holding in its portfolio mortgage loans which do not necessarily conform to secondary market underwriting standards.  The turmoil in the residential mortgage sector 
of the United States economy has caused certain competitors to be less effective in the market place.  While Central New York did not experience the level of speculative lending and 
borrowing in residential real estate that has adversely affected other regions on a national basis, certain mortgage brokers and finance companies in our area are either no longer 
operating, or have limited aggressive lending practices.  Additionally, as certain money centers and large regional banks grapple with current economic conditions and the related 
credit crisis, their ability to compete as effectively has been reduced.  Management believes that these conditions have created a window of reduced competition for local community 
and regional banks in residential loans, and to a lesser extent, commercial real estate and small business loans.  Of course, there are others, including tax-exempt credit unions, which 
are aggressively taking advantage of that window.  

REGULATION AND SUPERVISION  

General  

The Company and the Mutual Holding Company are federally chartered and, up until July 21, 2011, were subject to the regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision ("OTS") as 
savings and loan holding companies.  However, under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), which is discussed further below, 
the OTS’s functions relating to savings and loan holding companies were thereafter transferred to the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“Federal Reserve”).  The 
Company and the Mutual Holding Company (“MHC”) are regulated as of the above date by the Federal Reserve.  

Regulatory  requirements  applicable  to  the  Bank,  the  Company  and  the  Mutual  Holding  Company  are  referred  to  below  or  elsewhere  herein.  This  description  of  statutory  and 
regulatory provisions does not purport to be a complete description of all such statutes and regulations applicable to the MHC, the Company, or the Bank.  Any change in these laws 
or regulations, whether by Congress or the applicable regulatory agencies, could have a material adverse impact on the Bank, the Company or the Mutual Holding Company.  

Dodd-Frank Act  

The Dodd-Frank Act is significantly changing the current bank regulatory structure and affecting the lending, investment, trading and operating activities of financial institutions and 
their holding companies.  The Dodd-Frank Act has changed the current primary federal regulator of the Company and the Mutual Holding Company from the OTS to the Federal 
Reserve.  Under  the  Dodd-Frank  Act,  the  Federal  Reserve  now  supervises  and  regulates  all  savings  and  loan  holding  companies,  such  as  the  Company  and  the  Mutual  Holding 
Company.  The Dodd-Frank Act requires the Federal Reserve to set minimum capital levels for depository institution holding companies that are as stringent as those required for the 
insured depository subsidiaries, and the components of Tier 1 capital would be restricted to capital instruments that are currently considered to be Tier 1 capital for insured depository 
institutions.  Under the Dodd-Frank Act, the proceeds of trust preferred securities are excluded from Tier 1 capital unless such securities were issued prior to May 19, 2010 by bank 
or savings and loan holding companies with less than $15 billion of assets.  The legislation also establishes a floor for capital requirements of insured depository institutions, which 
cannot be lower than the standards in effect when the legislation was enacted and directs the federal banking regulators to implement new leverage and capital requirements.  These 
new leverage and capital requirements must take into account off-balance sheet activities and other risks, including risks relating to securitized products and derivatives.  Moreover, 
the Mutual Holding Company requires the approval of the Federal Reserve before it may waive the receipt of any dividends from the Company, and there is no assurance that the 
Federal Reserve will approve future dividend waivers or what conditions it may impose on such waivers. In fact, by adopting Section 239.8(d) of regulation MM of the Interim final 
rule regarding dividends waived by Mutual Holding Companies, the Federal Reserve has practically assured that Mutual Holding Companies such as Pathfinder Bancorp, MHC will 
not be able to waive dividend payments from their mid-tier holding companies.  See “Federal Holding Company Regulation—Waivers of Dividends by Mutual Holding Company”
below.  

Page 5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
Table of Contents 

The  Dodd-Frank  Act also created a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau with broad powers to supervise and enforce  consumer  protection laws.  The Consumer Financial 
Protection Bureau has broad rule-making authority for a wide range of consumer protection laws that apply to all banks and savings institutions such as Pathfinder Bank, including 
the authority to prohibit “unfair, deceptive or abusive” acts and practices.  The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has examination and enforcement authority over all banks and 
savings institutions with more than $10 billion in assets.  Banks and savings institutions with $10 billion or less in assets will be examined by their applicable bank regulators.  The 
Dodd-Frank Act also provides for regulations requiring originators of certain securitized loans to retain a percentage of the risk for transferred loans, established regulatory rate-
setting for certain debit and interchange fees, repealed restrictions on the payment of interest on commercial demand deposits and contained a number of reforms related to mortgage 
originations.  The  legislation  also  weakened  the  federal  preemption  available  for  national  banks  and  federal  savings  associations,  and  gives  state  attorneys  general  the  ability  to 
enforce applicable federal consumer protection laws.  

The  Dodd-Frank  Act  broadened  the  base  for  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  insurance  assessments.  Assessments  are  now  being  based  on  the  average  consolidated  total 
assets less tangible equity capital of a financial institution.  The legislation also permanently increased the maximum amount of deposit insurance for banks, savings institutions and 
credit unions to $250,000 per depositor,  and non-interest bearing transaction accounts had unlimited deposit insurance through December 31, 2012.  The Dodd-Frank Act increased 
stockholder  influence  over  boards  of  directors  by  requiring  companies  to  give  stockholders  a  non-binding  vote  on  executive  compensation  and  so-called  “golden  parachute”
payments, and authorizing the Securities and Exchange Commission to promulgate rules that would allow stockholders to nominate and solicit votes for their own candidates using a 
company’s own proxy materials. These  particular requirements were not  imposed on the Company  in 2012.  The  legislation also  directs the Federal Reserve to  promulgate rules 
prohibiting excessive compensation paid to bank holding company executives, regardless of whether the company is publicly traded or not.  

New York State Banking Law and FDIC Regulation  

The Bank derives its lending, investment and other authority primarily from the applicable provisions of New York State Banking Law and the regulations of the Department, as 
limited by FDIC regulations. In particular, the applicable provisions of New York State Banking Law and regulations governing the investment authority and activities of an FDIC 
insured state-chartered savings bank have been substantially limited by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 ("FDICIA") and the FDIC regulations 
issued pursuant thereto.  Under these laws and regulations, savings banks, including the Bank, may invest in real estate mortgages, consumer and commercial loans, certain types of 
debt securities, including certain corporate debt securities and obligations of federal, state and local governments and agencies, certain types of corporate equity securities and certain 
other assets.  New York State chartered savings banks may also invest in subsidiaries under their service corporation investment authority.  A savings bank may use this power to 
invest in corporations that engage in various activities authorized for savings banks, plus any additional activities, which may be authorized by the Banking Board.  Under FDICIA 
and  the  FDIC’s implementation of  regulations,  the  Bank’s investment  and  service  corporation activities  are  limited to activities  permissible  for  a  national  bank unless  the  FDIC 
otherwise permits it.  

The  FDIC  and  the  Superintendent  have  broad  enforcement  authority  over  the  Bank.  Under  this  authority,  the  FDIC  and  the  Superintendent  have  the  ability  to  issue  formal  or 
informal orders to correct violations of laws or unsafe or unsound banking practices.  

Page 6 

   
 
 
 
 
   
   
  
Table of Contents 

FDIC Insurance on Deposits  

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or FDIC, insures deposits at FDIC insured financial institutions such as the Bank. Deposit accounts in the Bank are insured by the FDIC 
generally up to a maximum of $250,000 per depositor and up to a maximum of $250,000 for self-directed retirement accounts.  The FDIC charges the insured financial institutions 
assessments to maintain the Deposit Insurance Fund.  

Under the FDIC’s current risk-based assessment system, insured institutions are assigned to one of four risk categories based on supervisory evaluations, regulatory capital levels and 
certain other risk factors.  Assessments are based on the risk category to which an institution is assigned and certain risk adjustments assigned by FDIC regulations.  

In February 2011, the FDIC published a final rule under the Dodd-Frank Act to reform the deposit insurance assessment system.  The rule redefined the assessment base used for 
calculating deposit  insurance assessments  effective April  1, 2011.  Under the new rule, assessments are based on an institution’s  average  consolidated total assets minus average 
tangible equity as opposed to total deposits.  Since the new base is much larger than the former base, the FDIC also lowered assessment rates so that the total amount of revenue 
collected from the industry was not significantly altered.  The new range is 2½ basis points to 45 basis points of total consolidated assets less tangible equity.  The new rule benefitted 
smaller financial institutions, which typically rely more on deposits for funding, and shifts more of the burden for supporting the insurance fund to larger institutions, which have 
greater  access  to  non-deposit  sources  of  funding.  As  a  result  of  the  change  in  the  assessment  base,  the  Company  experienced  an  approximate  50%  reduction  in  its  quarterly 
assessment charges effective with the second quarter of 2011.  

The  Dodd-Frank  Act  also  extended  the  unlimited  deposit  insurance  on  non-interest  bearing  transaction  accounts  through  December  31,  2012.  Unlike  the  FDIC’s  Temporary 
Liquidity Guarantee Program, the insurance provided under the Dodd-Frank Act did not extend to low-interest NOW accounts, and there was no separate assessment on covered 
accounts.  

In addition to the FDIC assessments, the Financing Corporation (“FICO”) is authorized to impose and collect, with the approval of the FDIC, assessments for anticipated payments, 
issuance costs and custodial fees on bonds issued by the FICO in the 1980s to recapitalize the former Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation. The bonds issued by the 
FICO are due to mature in 2017 through 2019. During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Bank paid $27,000 in fees related to the FICO.  

Insurance of deposits may be terminated by the FDIC upon a finding that an institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue 
operations or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC. We do not currently know of any practice, condition or violation that may 
lead to termination of our deposit insurance.  

Regulatory Capital Requirements  

The  FDIC  has  adopted  risk-based  capital  guidelines  to  which  the  Bank  is  subject.  The  guidelines  establish  a  systematic  analytical  framework  that  makes  regulatory  capital 
requirements more sensitive to differences in risk profiles among banking organizations. The Bank is required to maintain certain levels of regulatory capital in relation to regulatory 
risk-weighted  assets.  The  ratio  of  such  regulatory  capital  to  regulatory  risk-weighted  assets  is  referred  to  as  the  Bank's  "risk-based  capital  ratio."  Risk-based  capital  ratios  are 
determined by allocating assets and specified off-balance sheet items to four risk-weighted categories ranging from 0% to 100%, with higher levels of capital being required for the 
categories perceived as representing greater risk.  

These guidelines divide a savings bank's capital into two tiers. The first tier ("Tier I") includes common equity, retained earnings, certain non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock 
(excluding auction rate issues) and minority interests in equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries, less goodwill and other intangible assets (except mortgage servicing rights and 
purchased credit card relationships subject to certain limitations). Supplementary ("Tier II") capital includes, among other items, Tier 1 capital, cumulative perpetual and long-term 
limited-life preferred stock, mandatory convertible securities, certain hybrid capital instruments, term subordinated debt and the allowance for loan and lease losses, subject to certain 
limitations, less required deductions. Savings banks are required to maintain a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 8%, and a Tier I risk based capital level of at least 4%.  

Page 7 

   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Table of Contents 

In addition, the FDIC has established regulations prescribing a minimum Tier I leverage ratio (Tier I capital to adjusted total average assets as specified in the regulations). These 
regulations provide  for  a minimum  Tier  I leverage  ratio  of 3% for banks that  meet certain specified criteria,  including  that they  have the highest  examination  rating  and are  not 
experiencing or anticipating significant growth. All other banks are required to maintain a Tier I leverage ratio of at least 4%.  

The FDIC may set higher leverage and risk-based capital requirements on individual institutions when particular circumstances warrant. Savings banks experiencing or anticipating 
significant growth are expected to maintain capital ratios, including tangible capital positions, well above the minimum levels.  

On June 6, 2012, the FDIC and the other federal bank regulatory agencies issued a series of proposed rules that would revise their leverage and risk-based capital requirements and 
the method for calculating risk-weighted assets to make them consistent with agreements that were reached by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and certain provisions of 
the Dodd-Frank Act.  The proposed rules would apply to all FDIC-insured depository institutions, top-tier bank holding companies with total consolidated assets of $500 million or 
more and top-tier savings and loan holding companies.  Among other things, the proposed rules establish a new common equity Tier 1 minimum capital requirement (4.5% of risk-
weighted assets) and a higher minimum Tier 1 capital to risk-based assets requirement (6% of risk-weighted assets) and assign higher risk weight (150%) to exposures that are more 
than 90 days past due or are on nonaccrual status and certain commercial real estate facilities that finance the acquisition, development or construction of real property.  The proposed 
rules also require unrealized gains and losses on certain securities holdings to be included for purposes of calculating regulatory capital requirements.  The proposed rules limit a 
banking  organization’s  capital  distributions  and  certain  discretionary  bonus  payments  if  the  banking  organization  does  not  hold  a  “capital  conservation  buffer”  consisting  of  a 
specified amount of common equity Tier 1 capital in addition to the amount necessary to meet its minimum risk-based capital requirements.  The proposed rules indicated that the 
final rules would become effective on January 1, 2013, and the changes set forth in the final rules would be phased in from January 1, 2013 through January 1, 2019.  However, the 
agencies have indicated that, due to the volume of public comments received, the final rule has been delayed past January 1, 2013.  

SBLF Participation  

On  September  1,  2011,  the Company  entered  into  a  Securities  Purchase  Agreement  with  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury  (“Treasury”)  pursuant  to  which  the  Company  sold to the 
Treasury  13,000  shares  of  its  Senior  Non-Cumulative  Perpetual  Preferred  Stock,  Series  B  (“Series  B  Preferred  Stock”),  having  a  liquidation  preference  of  $1,000  per  share  for 
aggregate  proceeds  of  $13,000,000.  This  transaction  was  entered  into  as  part  of  the  Treasury’s  Small  Business  Lending  Fund  Program  (“SBLF”).  In  connection  therewith,  the 
Company redeemed all 6,771 shares of its Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A (“Series A Preferred Stock”) it sold to the Treasury on September 11, 2009 in 
connection  with  the  Treasury’s  Capital  Purchase  Program  (“CPP”).  The  Company  paid  $6,786,045  to  the  Treasury  to  redeem  the  Series  A  Preferred  Stock,  which  included  the 
original investment of $6,771,000, plus accrued dividends.  In connection with our participation in SBLF, the Company repurchased from Treasury, a warrant (the “Warrant”) to 
purchase 154,354 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price per share of $6.58.  The Warrant was previously issued to Treasury in connection with the Company’s 
participation in the CPP.  The repurchase price of the Warrant was an agreed upon price of $537,633.  

Accordingly, the Company is no longer subject to restrictions of the CPP program.  The SBLF program does have its own requirements, which are summarized below:  

Page 8 

   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
Table of Contents 

The Series B Preferred Stock is entitled to receive non-cumulative dividends payable quarterly, on each January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1, beginning October 1, 2011.  The 
dividend rate, which is calculated on the aggregate Liquidation Amount, was initially set at 4.2% per annum based upon the current level of “Qualified Small Business Lending”, or 
“QSBL” (as defined in the Securities Purchase Agreement) by the Bank.  The dividend rate for dividend periods subsequent to the initial period will be set based upon the 
“Percentage Change in Qualified Lending” (as defined in the Securities Purchase Agreement) between each dividend period and the “Baseline” QSBL level.  Such dividend rate may 
vary from 1% per annum to 5% per annum for the second through tenth dividend periods, from 1% per annum to 7% per annum for the eleventh through the first half of the 
nineteenth dividend periods.   If the Series B Preferred Stock remains outstanding for more than four-and-one-half years, the dividend rate will be fixed at 9%.  Prior to that time, in 
general, the dividend rate decreases as the level of the Bank’s QSBL increases.   The Company’s dividend rate as of the date of this report is 1.00%. Such dividends are not 
cumulative, but the Company may only declare and pay dividends on its common stock (or any other equity securities junior to the Series B Preferred Stock) if it has declared and 
paid dividends for the current dividend period on the Series B Preferred Stock, and is subject to other restrictions on its ability to repurchase or redeem other securities.    

The Company may redeem the shares of Series B Preferred Stock, in whole or in part, at any time at a redemption price equal to the sum of the Liquidation Amount per share and the 
per-share amount of any unpaid dividends for the then-current period, subject to any required prior approval by the Company’s primary federal banking regulator.  

The  Company’s  ability  to  pay  common  stock  dividends  is  conditional  on  payment  of  the  Series  B  Preferred  Stock  Dividends  described  above.  In  addition,  the  SBLF  program 
requires  the  Company  to  file  quarterly  reports  on  QSBL  lending,  which  must  be  audited  annually.  The  Company  must  also  outreach  and  advertise  the  availability  of  QSBL  to 
organizations and individuals who represent minorities, woman and veterans.  The Company must annually certify that no business loans are made to principals of businesses who 
have  been  convicted  of  a  sex  crime  against  a  minor.  Finally,  the  SBLF  program  requires  the  Company  to  file  quarterly,  annual  and  other  reports  provided  to  shareholders 
concurrently with the Treasury.  

Limitations on Dividends and Other Capital Distributions  

The FDIC has the authority to use its enforcement powers to prohibit a savings bank from paying dividends if, in its opinion, the payment of dividends would constitute an unsafe or 
unsound  practice.  Federal  law  also  prohibits  the  payment  of  dividends  by  a  bank  that  will  result  in  the  bank  failing  to  meet  its  applicable  capital  requirements  on  a  pro  forma 
basis.  New  York  law  also  restricts  the  Bank  from  declaring  a  dividend  that  would  reduce  its  capital  below  the  amount  that  is  required  to  be  maintained  by  state  law  and 
regulation.  The Bank is also subject to dividend notification requirements to the Federal Reserve by virtue of the Company being a savings and loan holding company.  The Federal 
Reserve may object to a proposed dividend if the Bank will become undercapitalized or the dividend is deemed to be unsafe or unsound or violate a law, regulation or order.  

Since the Company has chosen to participate in the Treasury’s SBLF program, it is permitted to pay dividends on its common stock provided certain Tier 1 capital minimums are 
exceeded and SBLF dividends have been declared and paid to Treasury as of the most recent dividend period.  

Prompt Corrective Action  

The federal banking agencies have promulgated regulations to implement the system of prompt corrective action required by federal law.  Under the regulations, a bank shall be 
deemed to be (i) "well capitalized" if it has total risk-based capital of 10% or more, has a Tier I risk-based capital ratio of 6% or more, has a Tier I leverage capital ratio of 5% or 
more and is not subject to any written capital order or directive; (ii) "adequately capitalized" if it has a total risk based capital ratio of 8% or more, a Tier I risk-based capital ratio of 
4% or more and a Tier I leverage capital ratio of 4% or more (3% under certain circumstances) and does not meet the definition of "well capitalized"; (iii) "undercapitalized" if it has 
a  total  risk-based  capital  ratio  that  is  less  than  8%,  a  Tier  I  risk-based  capital  ratio  that  is  less  than  4%  or  a  Tier  I  leverage  capital  ratio  that  is  less  than  4%  (3%  under  certain 
circumstances); (iv) "significantly undercapitalized" if it has a total risk-based capital ratio that is less than 6%, a Tier I risk-based capital ratio that is less than 3% or a Tier I leverage 
capital ratio that is less than 3%; and (v) "critically undercapitalized" if it has a ratio of tangible equity to total assets that is equal to or less than 2%.  Federal law and regulations also 
specify  circumstances  under  which  a  federal  banking  agency  may  reclassify  a  well  capitalized  institution  as  adequately  capitalized  and  may  require  an  adequately  capitalized 
institution to comply with supervisory actions as if it were in the next lower category (except that the FDIC may not reclassify a significantly undercapitalized institution as critically 
undercapitalized).  

Page 9 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
Table of Contents 

The FDIC may order savings banks that have insufficient capital to take corrective actions.  For example, a savings bank that is categorized as “undercapitalized” would be subject to 
growth limitations, could generally not make capital distributions, including paying dividends, and would be required to submit an acceptable capital restoration plan.  A holding 
company that controls such a savings bank would be required to guarantee that the savings bank complies with the restoration plan in an amount of up to the lesser of 5% of the 
institution’s total assets or the amount of capital needed for the institution to achieve compliance with regulatory capital requirements.  A “significantly undercapitalized” savings 
bank  would  be  subject  to  additional  restrictions.  Savings  banks  deemed  by  the  FDIC  to  be  “critically  undercapitalized”  would  be  subject  to  the  appointment  of  a  receiver  or 
conservator within specified time frames.  

The  Bank currently meets  the  criteria to  be classified as a  "well capitalized"  savings institution.  The previously  mentioned proposed  capital rules  that  would increase regulatory 
capital requirements would adjust the prompt corrective action categories accordingly.  

Transactions with Affiliates and Insiders  

Under current federal law, transactions between depository institutions and their affiliates are governed by Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and its implementing 
regulations. An affiliate of a savings bank is any company or entity that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the savings bank, other than a subsidiary of the 
savings bank. In a holding company context, at a minimum, the parent holding company of a savings bank, and any companies that are controlled by such parent holding company, 
are affiliates of the savings bank. Generally, Section 23A limits the extent to which the savings bank or its subsidiaries may engage in “covered transactions” with any one affiliate to 
an amount equal to 10% of such savings bank’s capital stock and surplus and contains an aggregate limit on all such transactions with all affiliates to an amount equal to 20% of such 
capital  stock  and  surplus.  The  term  “covered  transaction”  includes  the  making  of  loans  or  other  extensions  of  credit  to  an  affiliate,  the  purchase  of  assets  from  an  affiliate,  an 
investment in the securities of an affiliate, the acceptance of securities of an affiliate as collateral for a loan or extension of credit, the issuance of a guarantee, acceptance, or letter of 
credit  on  behalf  of  an  affiliate  and  certain  other  transactions  resulting  in  credit  exposure  to  an  affiliate.  Section  23A  also  establishes  specific  collateral  requirements  for  certain 
transactions such as loans or extensions of credit to, or guarantees, acceptances on letters of credit issued on behalf of an affiliate. Section 23B requires that covered transactions and 
a broad list of other specified transactions be on terms substantially the same, or no less favorable, to the savings bank or its subsidiary as similar transactions with nonaffiliates.  

Further,  Section  22(h)  of  the  Federal  Reserve  Act  and  its  implementing  regulations  restrict  a  savings  bank  with  respect  to  loans  to  directors,  executive  officers,  and  principal 
stockholders. Under Section 22(h), loans to directors, executive officers and stockholders who control, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of voting securities of a savings bank and 
certain related interests of any of the foregoing, may not exceed, together with all other outstanding loans to such persons and affiliated entities, the savings bank's total unimpaired 
capital  and  unimpaired  surplus.  Section  22(h)  also  prohibits  loans  above  amounts  prescribed  by  the  appropriate  federal  banking  agency  to  directors,  executive  officers,  and 
stockholders who control 10% or more of voting securities of a stock savings bank, and their respective related interests, unless such loan is approved in advance by a majority of the 
board  of  directors  of  the  savings  bank.  Any  "interested"  director  may  not  participate  in  the  voting.  Further,  pursuant  to  Section  22(h),  loans  to  directors,  executive  officers  and 
principal stockholders must generally be made on terms substantially the same as offered in comparable transactions to other persons. Section 22(g) of the Federal Reserve Act places 
additional limitations on loans to executive officers.  

Page 10 

   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
Table of Contents 

In order for the Company and the Mutual Holding Company to be regulated as savings and loan holding companies (rather than as bank holding companies), Pathfinder Bank must 
qualify as a Qualified Thrift Lender.  To qualify as a Qualified Thrift Lender, Pathfinder Bank must be a “domestic building and loan association,” as defined in the Internal Revenue 
Code, or comply with the Qualified Thrift Lender test.  Under the Qualified Thrift Lender test, a savings bank is required to maintain at least 65% of its “portfolio assets” (total assets 
less: (1) specified liquid assets up to 20% of total assets; (2) intangibles, including goodwill; and (3) the value of property used to conduct business) in certain “qualified thrift 
investments” (primarily residential mortgages and related investments, including certain mortgage-backed and related securities) in at least nine months out of each 12-month 
period.  As of December 31, 2012 Pathfinder Bank met the Qualified Thrift Lender test.  

Supervisory Agreement  

During  May  2009,  the  Company  entered  into  a  Supervisory  Agreement  with  the  OTS.  The  agreement  was  issued  in  connection  with  the  identification  of  certain  violations  of 
applicable statutory  and regulatory restrictions on  capital  distributions and  transactions  with affiliates.  As  a result of the identified  violations, the Company  recorded  $41,000 of 
income  relating  to  certain  transactions  with  its  unconsolidated  parent  company  Pathfinder  Bancorp,  MHC.  In  addition  the  Company  is  prohibited  from  accepting  or  directing 
Pathfinder Bank to declare or pay a dividend or other capital distributions without the prior written approval of the OTS.  With the change in our Holding Company regulator to the 
Federal Reserve, this Supervisory Agreement is now with that Regulator.  All violations have been corrected and the Company believes it is in compliance with the Agreement.  

Federal Holding Company Regulation  

General .  The Company and the Mutual Holding Company have elected to be regulated as nondiversified savings and loan holding companies within the meaning of the Home 
Owners’  Loan  Act.  The  Company  and  the  Mutual  Holding  Company  are  registered  with  the  Federal  Reserve  and  are  subject  to  Federal  Reserve  regulations,  examinations, 
supervision  and  reporting  requirements.  As  such,  the  Federal  Reserve  has  enforcement  authority  over  the  Company  and  the  Mutual  Holding  Company,  and  their  non-savings 
institution  subsidiaries.  Among  other  things,  this  authority  permits  the  Federal  Reserve  to  restrict  or  prohibit  activities  that  are  determined  to  be  a  serious  risk  to  the  subsidiary 
savings institution.  The Federal Reserve assumed regulatory authority over savings and loan holding companies from OTS on July 21, 2011, pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act.  See 
“The Dodd-Frank Act” above.  

Permitted Activities .  Under federal regulation and policy, a mutual holding company and a federally chartered mid-tier holding company, such as the Company, may engage in the 
following activities: (i) investing in the stock of a savings association; (ii) acquiring a mutual association through the merger of such association into a savings association subsidiary 
of such holding company or an interim savings association subsidiary of such holding company; (iii) merging with or acquiring another holding company, one of whose subsidiaries 
is a savings association; (iv) investing in a corporation, the capital stock of which is available for purchase by a savings association under federal law or under the law of any state 
where the subsidiary savings association or  associations share  their  home  offices; (v) furnishing  or performing  management  services for a  savings  association  subsidiary  of such 
company; (vi) holding, managing or liquidating assets owned or acquired from a savings subsidiary of such company; (vii) holding or managing properties used or occupied by a 
savings association subsidiary of such company; (viii) acting as trustee under deeds of trust; (ix) any other activity that (A)  has been deemed to be permissible for bank holding 
companies under Section 4(c) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, unless the Federal Reserve, by regulation, prohibits or limits any such activity for savings and loan holding 
companies;  or  (B) in  which  multiple  savings  and  loan  holding  companies  were  authorized  (by  regulation)  to  directly  engage  in  March 5,  1987;  (x)  any  activity  permissible  for 
financial  holding  companies  under  Section  4(k)  of  the  Bank  Holding  Company  Act  (provided  certain  criteria  are  met),  including  securities  and  insurance  underwriting;  and 
(xi) purchasing, holding, or disposing of stock acquired in connection with a qualified stock issuance if the purchase of such stock by such savings and loan holding company is 
approved by the Federal Reserve.  If a mutual holding company acquires or merges with another holding company, the holding company acquired or the holding company resulting 
from such merger or acquisition may only invest in assets and engage in activities listed in (i) through (xi) above, and has a period of two years to cease any nonconforming activities 
and divest of any nonconforming investments.  

Page 11 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
Table of Contents 

The Home Owners’ Loan Act prohibits a savings and loan holding company, directly or indirectly, or through one or more subsidiaries, from acquiring another savings association or 
holding  company  thereof,  without  prior  written  approval  of  the  Federal  Reserve.  It  also  prohibits  the  acquisition  or  retention  of,  with  certain  exceptions,  more  than  5%  of  a 
nonsubsidiary savings association, a nonsubsidiary holding company, or a nonsubsidiary company engaged in activities other than those permitted by the Home Owners’ Loan Act; 
or acquiring or retaining control of an institution that is not federally insured.  In evaluating applications by holding companies to acquire savings associations, the Federal Reserve 
must consider the financial and managerial resources, future prospects of the company and association involved, the effect of the acquisition on the risk to the insurance fund, the 
convenience and needs of the community and competitive factors.  

The Federal Reserve is prohibited from approving any acquisition that would result in a multiple savings and loan holding company controlling savings associations in more than one 
state,  subject  to  two  exceptions:  (i) the  approval  of  interstate  supervisory  acquisitions  by  savings  and  loan  holding  companies,  and  (ii) the  acquisition  of  a  savings  institution  in 
another state if the laws of the state of the target savings institution specifically permit such acquisitions.  The states vary in the extent to which they permit interstate savings and 
loan holding company acquisitions.  

Unlike  bank  holding  companies,  savings  and  loan  holding  companies  are  not  currently  subject  to  specific  consolidated  regulatory  capital  requirements.  The  Dodd-Frank  Act, 
however,  requires  the  promulgation  of  such  capital  requirements  for  depository  institution  holding  companies  that  are  no  less  stringent,  both  quantitatively  and  in  terms  of 
components of capital, than those applicable to institutions themselves.  That will eliminate the inclusion of certain instruments from tier 1 capital that are currently includable for 
bank  holding  companies,  such  as  trust  preferred  securities.  The  Dodd-Frank  Act  provides  that  instruments  issued  before  May  19,  2010  will  be  grandfathered  for  companies  of 
consolidated assets of $15 billion or less.  The Dodd-Frank Act further provides that holding companies that were not regulated by the Federal Reserve as of May 19, 2010 (which 
would include most savings and loan holding companies) are subject to a five-year transition period from the July 21, 2010 date of enactment of the Dodd-Frank Act before such 
capital requirements apply.  The proposed capital rules discussed earlier would implement the consolidated capital requirements for savings and loan holding companies.  However, 
notwithstanding  the  Dodd-Frank  Act’s  language,  the  proposed  rules  did  not  incorporate  the  referenced  grandfather  for  instruments  issued  before  May  19,  2010  or  the  transition 
period, so it is uncertain whether any final rule will do so.  

The  Dodd-Frank Act  extended the  “source  of  strength”  doctrine to  savings  and  loan holding companies.  The  regulatory agencies must  promulgate regulations implementing the 
“source of strength” policy that requires holding companies act as a source of strength to their subsidiary depository institutions by providing capital, liquidity and other support in 
times of financial stress.  

The  Federal  Reserve has  issued  a  policy  statement  regarding the  payment  of  dividends  and  other  capital  distributions  by  bank  holding  companies  that  it  has  made  applicable  to 
savings and loan holding companies as well.  In general, the policy provides that dividends should be paid only out of current earnings and only if the prospective rate of earnings 
retention  by  the  holding  company  appears  consistent  with  the  organization’s  capital  needs,  asset  quality  and  overall  financial  condition.  Regulatory  guidance  provides  for  prior 
regulatory consultation with respect to capital distributions in certain circumstances such as where the company’s net income for the past three years, net of dividends previously paid 
over that period, is insufficient to fully fund the dividend or the company’s overall rate of earnings retention is inconsistent with the company’s capital needs and overall financial 
condition.  The  ability  of  a  holding  company  to  pay  dividends  may  be  restricted  if  a  subsidiary  depository  institution  becomes  undercapitalized.  These  regulatory  policies  could 
affect the ability of the Company to pay dividends, repurchase shares of common stock or otherwise engage in capital distributions.  

Waivers of Dividends by Mutual Holding Company.   The Dodd-Frank Act requires federally-chartered mutual holding companies to give the Federal Reserve notice before waiving 
the receipt of dividends, and provides that in the case of “grandfathered” mutual holding companies, like the Mutual Holding Company, the Federal Reserve “may not object” to a 
dividend waiver if the board of directors of the mutual holding company waiving dividends determines that the waiver: (i) would not be detrimental to the safe and sound operation 
of the subsidiary savings bank; and (ii) is consistent with the board’s fiduciary duties to members of the mutual holding company.  To qualify as a grandfathered mutual holding 
company, a mutual holding company must have been formed, issued stock and waived dividends prior to December 1, 2009.  The Dodd-Frank Act further provides that the Federal 
Reserve  may  not  consider  waived  dividends  in  determining  an  appropriate  exchange  ratio  upon  the  conversion  of  a  grandfathered  mutual  holding  company  to  stock  form.  In 
September 2011, however,  the  Federal Reserve  issued an interim final rule that also requires, as a condition to waiving  dividends,  that  each mutual  holding company  obtain the 
approval of a majority of the eligible votes of its members within 12 months prior to the declaration of the dividend being waived.  The Federal Reserve has requested comments on 
the interim final rule, and there can be no assurance that the rule will be amended to eliminate or modify the member vote requirement for dividend waivers by grandfathered mutual 
holding  companies,  such  as  the  Mutual  Holding  Company  in  the  future,  or  as  to  what  conditions the  Federal  Reserve  may  place on  any  dividend  waivers.  The  Mutual  Holding 
Company has not requested a current dividend waiver and, is not planning to waive future dividends at this time.  

Page 12 

   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
  
Table of Contents 

Conversion of the Mutual Holding Company to Stock Form .  Federal regulations permit the Mutual Holding Company to convert from the mutual form of organization to the 
capital stock form of organization (a "Conversion Transaction").  There can be no assurance when, if ever, a Conversion Transaction will occur, and the Board of Directors has no 
current intention or plan to undertake a Conversion Transaction.  In a Conversion Transaction a new holding company would be formed as the successor to the Company (the "New 
Holding Company"), the Mutual Holding Company's corporate existence would end, and certain depositors of the Bank would receive the right to subscribe for additional shares of 
the New Holding Company.  In a Conversion Transaction, each share of common stock held by stockholders other than the Mutual Holding Company ("Minority Stockholders") 
would be automatically converted into a number of shares of common stock of the New Holding Company determined pursuant to an exchange ratio (determined by an independent 
valuation) that ensures that Minority Stockholders own the same percentage of common stock in the New Holding Company as they owned in the Company immediately prior to the 
Conversion  Transaction.    The  total  number  of  shares  held  by  Minority  Stockholders  after  a  Conversion  Transaction  also  would  be  increased  by  any  purchases  by  Minority 
Stockholders in the stock offering conducted as part of the Conversion Transaction.  

Federal Securities Law  

The  common  stock  of  the  Company  is  registered  with  the  SEC  under  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended  (“Exchange  Act”).  The  Company  is  subject  to  the 
information, proxy solicitation, insider trading restrictions and other requirements of the SEC under the Exchange Act.  

The Company Common Stock held by persons who are affiliates (generally officers, directors and principal stockholders) of the Company may not be resold without registration or 
unless sold in accordance with certain resale restrictions.  If the Company meets specified current public information requirements, each affiliate of the Company is able to sell in the 
public market, without registration, a limited number of shares in any three-month period.  

Securities and Exchange Commission Reporting  

The Company maintains an Internet website located at www.pathfinderbank.com on which, among other things, the Company makes available, free of charge, various reports that it 
files  with or furnishes to  the Securities and Exchange Commission, including its Annual  Report on Form 10-K, quarterly  reports  on  Form 10-Q, and  current reports on Form 8-
K.  These  reports  are  made  available  as  soon  as  reasonably  practicable  after  filing  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission.  The  Company  has  also  made  available  on  its 
website its Audit Committee Charter, Compensation Committee Charter, Governance Guidelines (which serve as the Nominating / Governance Committee’s charter) and Code of 
Ethics.  

The Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K may be accessed on the Company's website at www.pathfinderbank.com /annualmeeting .  

Page 13 

 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
Table of Contents 

Federal Reserve System  

The  Federal Reserve  requires all depository institutions to  maintain noninterest-bearing reserves at specified levels against  their  transaction  accounts (primarily checking,  money 
management and NOW checking accounts).  At December 31, 2012, the Bank was in compliance with these reserve requirements.  

Federal Community Reinvestment Regulation  

Under the Community Reinvestment Act, as amended (the "CRA"), as implemented by FDIC regulations, a savings bank has a continuing and affirmative obligation, consistent with 
its safe and sound operation, to help meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low and moderate income neighborhoods.  The CRA does not establish specific lending 
requirements  or  programs  for  financial  institutions  nor  does  it  limit  an  institution's  discretion  to  develop  the  types  of  products  and  services  that  it  believes  are  best  suited  to  its 
particular community, consistent with the CRA.  The CRA requires the FDIC, in connection with its examination of a savings institution, to assess the institution's record of meeting 
the credit needs of its community and to take such record into account in its evaluation of certain applications by such institution.  The CRA requires the FDIC to provide a written 
evaluation of an institution's CRA performance utilizing a four-tiered descriptive rating system.  The Bank's latest CRA rating was "satisfactory."  

New York State Community Reinvestment Regulation  

The Bank is also subject to provisions of the New York State Banking Law which impose continuing and affirmative obligations upon banking institutions organized in New York 
State to serve the credit needs of its local community ("NYCRA") which are substantially similar to those imposed by the CRA.  Pursuant to the NYCRA, a bank must file an annual 
NYCRA report and copies of all federal CRA reports with the Department.  The NYCRA requires the Department to make a biennial written assessment of a bank's compliance with 
the NYCRA, utilizing a four-tiered rating system and make such assessment available to the public.  The NYCRA also requires the Superintendent to consider a bank's NYCRA 
rating when reviewing a bank's application to engage in certain transactions, including mergers, asset purchases and the establishment of branch offices or automated teller machines, 
and provides that such assessment may serve as a basis for the denial of any such application.  The Bank's NYCRA rating as of its latest examination was "satisfactory."  

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002  

The  Sarbanes-Oxley Act  of  2002 (“Sarbanes  Oxley”)  was  signed  into  law  on July  30,  2002.  Sarbanes-Oxley is  a  law  that  addresses,  among  other  issues,  corporate  governance, 
auditing and accounting, executive compensation, and enhanced and timely disclosure of corporate information.  As directed by Section 302(a) of Sarbanes-Oxley, the Company’s 
Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer are each required to certify that the Company’s quarterly and annual reports do not contain any untrue statement of a material 
fact.  The rules have several requirements, including having these officers certify that: they are responsible for establishing, maintaining and regularly evaluating the effectiveness of 
our  internal  controls;  they  have  made  certain  disclosures  to  our  auditors  and  the  audit  committee  of  the  Board  of  Directors  about  our  internal  controls;  and  they  have  included 
information  in  our  quarterly  and  annual  reports  about  their  evaluation  and  whether  there  have  been  significant  changes  in  our  internal  controls  or  in  other  factors  that  could 
significantly affect internal controls subsequent to the evaluation.  As part of the Dodd-Frank Act, the outside auditor attestation requirement on internal controls of companies with 
less than $75 million in market capitalization, like the Company, was rescinded.  Disclosure of management attestations on internal control over financial reporting will continue to 
be required for smaller reporting companies, including the Company.  We have existing policies, procedures and systems designed to comply with these regulations, and continue to 
further enhance and document our policies, procedures and systems to ensure continued compliance with these regulations.  

Page 14 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
Table of Contents 

FEDERAL AND STATE TAXATION  

Federal Taxation  

The  following  discussion  of  federal  taxation  is  intended  only  to  summarize  certain  pertinent  federal  income  tax  matters  and  is  not  a  comprehensive  description  of  the  tax  rules 
applicable to the Company or the Bank.  

Bad  Debt  Reserves  .    Prior  to  the  Tax  Reform  Act  of  1996  (“the  1996  Act”),  the  Bank  was  permitted  to  establish  a  reserve  for  bad  debts  and  to  make  annual  additions  to  the 
reserve.  The Bank has chosen to be on the direct charge-off method, net of recoveries, in its calculation of taxable income.  

Taxable Distributions and Recapture .  Prior to the 1996 Act, bad debt reserves created prior to January 1, 1988 were subject to recapture into taxable income should the Bank fail to 
meet certain thrift asset and definitional   tests.  New federal legislation eliminated these thrift related recapture rules.  However, under current law, pre-1988 reserves remain subject 
to recapture should the Bank cease to retain a bank or thrift charter or make certain non-dividend distributions.  

Minimum  Tax  .   The  Internal  Revenue  Code  imposes  an  alternative  minimum  tax  ("AMT")  at  a  rate  of  20%  on  a  base  of  regular  taxable  income  plus  certain  tax  preferences 
("alternative minimum taxable income" or "AMTI").  The AMT is payable to the extent such AMTI is in excess of an exemption amount.  Net operating losses can offset no more 
than 90% of AMTI.  Certain payments of alternative minimum tax may be used as credits against regular tax liabilities in future years.  

Net Operating Loss Carryovers .  A financial institution may carry back net operating losses to the preceding two taxable years and forward to the succeeding 20 taxable years.  

State Taxation  

New York Taxation .  The Company is subject to the New York State Franchise Tax on Banking Corporations in an annual amount equal to the greater of (i) 7.1% of the Bank's 
"entire net  income"  allocable to New York State  during  the taxable  year,  or  (ii) the applicable alternative minimum tax.  The alternative minimum  tax is generally  the greater of 
(a) 0.01% of the value of the Bank's assets allocable to New York State with certain modifications, (b) 3% of the Company’s "alternative entire net income" allocable to New York 
State, or (c) $1,250.  Entire net income is similar to federal taxable income, subject to certain modifications and alternative entire net income is equal to entire net income without 
certain modifications.  Net operating losses arising in the current period can be carried forward to the succeeding 20 taxable years.  

Neither the Internal Revenue Service nor New York State has examined our federal or state tax returns within the past 5 years.  

ITEM 1A: RISK FACTORS  

Not required of a smaller reporting company.  

ITEM 1B:  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS  

None.  

Page 15 

   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
Table of Contents 

ITEM 2: PROPERTIES  

The  Bank  conducts  its  business  through  its  main  office  located  in  Oswego,  New  York,  six  branch  offices  located  in  Oswego  County,  and  a  branch  location  in  Onondaga 
County.  Management believes that the Bank’s facilities are adequate for the business conducted. The following table sets forth certain information concerning the main office and 
each branch office of the Bank at December 31, 2012.  The aggregate net book value of the Bank's premises and equipment was $10.1 million at December 31, 2012.  For additional 
information regarding the Bank's properties, see Notes 8 and 16 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.  

LOCATION  
Main Office  
214 West First Street  
Oswego, New York  13126  

Plaza Branch  
Route 104, Ames Plaza  
Oswego, New York  13126  

Mexico Branch  
Norman & Main Streets  
Mexico, New York  13114  

Oswego East Branch  
34 East Bridge Street  
Oswego, New York  13126  

Lacona Branch  
1897 Harwood Drive  
Lacona, New York 13083  

Fulton Branch  
5 West First Street South  
Fulton, New York  13069  

Central Square Branch  
3025 East Ave  
Central Square, New York  13036  

Cicero Branch  
6194 State Route 31  
Cicero, New York 13039  

(1)   The building is owned; the underlying land is leased with an annual rent of $22,000  
(2)   The building is owned; the underlying land is leased with an annual rent of $31,000  

Page 16 

OPENING 
DATE  

1874   

1989   

1978   

1994   

2002   

2003   

2005   

2011   

OWNED/LEASED  
Owned  

     Owned (1)  

Owned  

Owned  

Owned  

     Owned (2)  

Owned  

Owned  

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
  
     
     
       
     
       
  
     
       
     
     
       
     
       
  
     
       
     
     
       
     
       
  
     
       
     
     
       
     
       
  
     
       
     
     
       
     
       
  
     
       
     
     
       
     
       
  
     
       
     
     
       
     
       
  
     
       
     
     
       
     
       
  
Table of Contents 

ITEM 3: LEGAL PROCEEDINGS  

There are various claims and lawsuits to which the Company is periodically involved that are incidental to the Company's business.  In the opinion of management, such claims and 
lawsuits in the aggregate are not expected to have a material adverse impact on the Company's consolidated financial condition and results of operations .  

ITEM 4: MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE  

Not applicable  

PART  II  

ITEM 5:  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES  

Pathfinder  Bancorp,  Inc.'s  common  stock  currently  trades  on  the  NASDAQ  Capital  Market  under  the  symbol  "PBHC".  There  were  442 shareholders  of  record  as  of  March  12, 
2013.  The following table sets forth the high and low closing bid prices and dividends paid per share of common stock for the periods indicated:  

Quarter Ended:  
December 31, 2012  
September 30, 2012  
June 30, 2012  
March 31, 2012  
December 31, 2011  
September 30, 2011  
June 30, 2011  
March 31, 2011  

Dividends and Dividend History  

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

High   
11.00   
10.65   
10.00   
9.75   
10.20   
10.08   
10.25   
10.15   

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

Low   
10.00   
9.00   
8.80   
8.83   
8.01   
8.33   
8.87   
8.18   

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

Dividend   
Paid   
0.03   
0.03   
0.03   
0.03   
0.03   
0.03   
0.03   
0.03   

The Company has historically paid regular quarterly cash dividends on its common stock.  The Board of Directors presently intends to continue the payment of regular quarterly cash 
dividends, subject to the need for those funds for debt service and other purposes.  Payment of dividends on the common stock is subject to determination and declaration by the 
Board of Directors and will depend upon a number of factors, including capital requirements, regulatory limitations on the payment of dividends, Pathfinder Bank and its subsidiaries 
results of operations and financial condition, tax considerations, and general economic conditions.  The Company's mutual holding company, Pathfinder Bancorp, M.H.C., may elect 
to waive or receive dividends each time the Company declares a dividend.  Dividend waivers must receive the non-objection of the Federal Reserve and the approval of the Mutual 
Holding Company’s members who are comprised of the Bank’s depositors.  Historically, the Federal Reserve has not provided its non-objection to the waiver of dividends by mutual 
holding companies.  The Mutual Holding Company did not waive the right to receive its portion of the cash dividends declared during 2012 or 2011.  

Page 17 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
  
     
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents 

ITEM 6: SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA  

The Company is the parent company of the Bank and Pathfinder Statutory Trust II.  The Bank has three operating subsidiaries – Pathfinder Commercial Bank, Pathfinder REIT, Inc., 
and Whispering Oaks Development Corp.  

The following selected consolidated financial data sets forth certain financial highlights of the Company and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements 
and related notes, and the "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" included elsewhere  in this annual report on  Form 10-K.  

Year End ( In thousands )  
Total assets  
Loans receivable, net  
Deposits  
Equity  

For the Year ( In thousands )  
Net interest income  
Core noninterest income (a)  
Net gains/(losses) on sales, redemptions and  

impairment of investment securities  
Net gains (losses) on sales of loans and  

foreclosed real estate  
Noninterest expense (b)  
Regulatory assessments  
Net income  

Per Share  
Net income (basic)  
Net income (diluted)  
Book value per common share  
Tangible book value per common share (c)  
Cash dividends declared  

Ratios  
Return on average assets  
Return on average equity  
Return on average tangible equity (c)  
Average equity to average assets  
Dividend payout ratio (d)  
Allowance for loan losses to loans receivable  
Net interest rate spread  
Noninterest income to average assets  
Noninterest expense to average assets  
Efficiency ratio (e)  

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

2012  

2011  

2010  

2009  

2008  

  $ 

477,796   
329,247   
391,805   
40,747   

  $ 

442,980   
300,770   
366,129   
37,841   

  $ 

408,545   
281,648   
326,502   
30,592   

  $ 

371,692   
259,387   
296,839   
29,238   

352,760   
247,400   
269,438   
19,495   

14,857   
2,627   

  $ 

14,263   
2,451   

  $ 

13,331   
2,854   

  $ 

11,777   
2,724   

  $ 

375   

61   
13,207   
311   
2,648   

  $ 

0.88   
0.87   
10.60   
9.13   
0.12   

0.57 %      
6.68   
7.40   
8.48   
11.37   
1.35   
3.38   
0.66   
2.89   
75.53   

791   

(50 ) 
12,758   
390   
2,323   

  $ 

0.53   
0.52   
9.49   
8.02   
0.12   

0.55 %      
6.75   
7.59   
8.21   
12.87   
1.31   
3.62   
0.76   
3.14   
77.56   

211   

(45 ) 
11,274   
515   
2,505   

  $ 

0.82   
0.82   
9.81   
8.26   
0.12   

0.64 %      
8.07   
9.20   
7.89   
11.90   
1.28   
3.58   
0.77   
3.00   
71.95   

112   

54   
10,381   
745   
1,615   

  $ 

0.61   
0.61   
9.31   
7.77   
0.12   

0.45 %      
7.04   
8.45   
6.40   
18.45   
1.17   
3.40   
0.81   
3.10   
76.36   

10,675   
2,786   

(2,191 ) 

(44 ) 
9,882   
53   
368   

0.15   
0.15   
8.04   
6.50   
0.41   

0.11 % 
1.70   
2.07   
6.32   
232.61   
0.99   
3.22   
0.16   
2.91   
73.02   

(a)   Exclusive of net gains (losses) on sales and impairment of investment securities and net gains (losses) on sales of loans and foreclosed real estate.  
(b)   Exclusive of regulatory assessments.  
(c)    Tangible equity excludes intangible assets.  
(d)   The dividend payout ratio is calculated using dividends declared and not waived by the Mutual Holding Company, divided by net income.  
(e)    The  efficiency ratio  is calculated as noninterest expense, including regulatory  assessments, divided by the  sum of taxable-equivalent net interest income and noninterest 

income excluding net gains (losses) on sales, redemptions and impairment of investment securities and net gains (losses) on sales of loans and foreclosed real estate.  

Page 18 

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
  
     
     
     
     
  
      
         
         
         
         
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
     
          
          
          
          
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
     
          
          
          
          
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
     
          
          
          
          
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 

ITEM 7: MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS                           

INTRODUCTION  

Throughout  Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  (“MD&A”)  the  term,  “the  Company”,  refers  to  the  consolidated  entity  of  Pathfinder  Bancorp,  Inc.  Pathfinder  Bank  and 
Pathfinder Statutory Trust II are wholly owned subsidiaries of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc., however, Pathfinder Statutory Trust II is not consolidated for reporting purposes (see Note 11 
of  the  consolidated  financial  statements).  Pathfinder  Commercial  Bank,  Pathfinder  REIT,  Inc.,  and  Whispering  Oaks  Development  Corp.  are  wholly  owned  subsidiaries  of 
Pathfinder Bank.  At December 31, 2012, Pathfinder Bancorp, M.H.C, the Company’s mutual holding company parent, whose activities are not included in the consolidated financial 
statements or the MD&A, held 60.5% of the Company’s outstanding common stock and the public held 39.5% of the outstanding common stock.  

The Company's business strategy is to operate as a well-capitalized, profitable, and independent community bank dedicated to providing value-added products and services to our 
customers.  Generally, the Company has sought to implement this strategy by emphasizing retail, business, and municipal deposits as its primary source of funds.  These funds are 
redeployed in locally-originated residential first mortgage loans, loans to business enterprises operating in its markets, and, to a lesser extent, in investment securities. Specifically, 
the Company's business strategy incorporates the following elements: (i) operating as an independent community-oriented financial institution; (ii) maintaining capital in excess of 
regulatory requirements; (iii) emphasizing investment in one-to-four family residential mortgage loans, loans to small businesses, and investment securities; and (iv) maintaining a 
strong retail, business and municipal deposit base.  

The Company's net income is primarily dependent on its net interest income, which is the difference between interest income earned on its investments in mortgage and other loans, 
investment securities and other assets, and its cost of funds consisting of interest paid on deposits and borrowings.  The Company's net income is also affected by its provision for 
loan  losses,  noninterest  income;  (service  charges  and  servicing  rights,  net  gains  and  losses  on  sales  and  redemptions  of  securities,  loans  and  foreclosed  real  estate),  noninterest 
expense; (employee compensation and benefits, occupancy and equipment costs, data processing costs), and income taxes.  Earnings of the Company are also  affected significantly 
by general economic and competitive conditions, particularly changes in market interest rates, government policies, and actions of regulatory authorities.  These events are beyond 
the control of the Company.  In particular, the general level of market interest rates tend to be highly cyclical.  

APPLICATION OF CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES  

The  Company's  consolidated  financial  statements  are  prepared  in  accordance  with  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the  United  States  and  follow  practices  within  the 
banking industry.  Application of these principles requires management to make estimates, assumptions and judgments that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial 
statements and accompanying notes.  These estimates, assumptions and judgments are based on information available as of the date of the financial statements; accordingly, as this 
information changes, the financial statements could reflect different estimates, assumptions and judgments.  Certain policies inherently have a greater reliance on the use of estimates, 
assumptions  and  judgments  and  as  such  have  a  greater  possibility  of  producing  results  that  could  be  materially  different  than  originally  reported.  Estimates,  assumptions  and 
judgments are necessary when assets and liabilities are required to be recorded at fair value or when an asset or liability needs to be recorded contingent upon a future event.  Carrying 
assets and liabilities at fair value inherently results in more financial statement volatility.  The fair values, and information used to record valuation adjustments for certain assets and 
liabilities, are based on quoted market prices or are provided by other third-party sources, when available.  When third party information is not available, valuation adjustments are 
estimated in good faith by management.  

The  most  significant  accounting  policies  followed  by  the  Company  are  presented  in  Note  1  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements.  These  policies,  along  with  the  disclosures 
presented in the other financial statement notes and in this discussion, provide information on how significant assets and liabilities are valued in the consolidated financial statements 
and  how  those  values  are  determined.  Based  on  the  valuation  techniques  used  and  the  sensitivity  of  financial  statement  amounts  to  the  methods,  assumptions,  and  estimates 
underlying those amounts, management has identified the allowance for loan losses, deferred income taxes, pension obligations, the evaluation of investment securities for other than 
temporary impairment, the annual evaluation of the Company’s goodwill for possible impairment, and the estimation of fair values for accounting and disclosure purposes to be the 
accounting areas that require the most subjective and complex judgments.  These areas could be the most subject to revision as new information becomes available. Management 
performs an annual evaluation of the Company’s goodwill for possible impairment.  Based on the results of the 2012 evaluation, management has determined that the carrying value 
of goodwill is not impaired as of December 31, 2012.  The evaluation approach is described in Note 9 of the consolidated financial statements.  

Page 19 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
Table of Contents 

The allowance for loan losses represents management's estimate of probable loan losses inherent in the loan portfolio.  Determining the amount of the allowance for loan losses is 
considered a critical accounting estimate because it requires significant judgment on the use of estimates related to the amount and timing of expected future cash flows on impaired 
loans,  estimated  losses  on  pools  of  homogeneous  loans  based  on  historical  loss  experience,  and  consideration  of  current  economic  trends  and  conditions,  all  of  which  may  be 
susceptible  to  significant  change.  The  Company  establishes  a  specific  allowance  for  all  loans  identified  as  being  impaired  with  a  balance  in  excess  of  $100,000  which  are  on 
nonaccrual and have been risk rated under the Company’s risk rating system as substandard, doubtful, or loss. In addition, an accruing substandard loan could be identified as being 
impaired.  The  measurement  of  impaired  loans  is  generally  based  upon  the  present  value  of  future  cash  flows  discounted  at  the  historical  effective  interest  rate,  except  that  all 
collateral-dependent  loans  are  measured  for  impairment  based  on  the  fair  value  of  the  collateral,  less  costs  to  sell.  The  majority  of  the  Company’s  impaired  loans  are  collateral
dependent.  For all other loans and leases, the Company uses the general allocation methodology that establishes an allowance to estimate the probable incurred loss for each risk
rating category.  The loan portfolio  also represents the largest  asset  type on the consolidated statement  of condition.  Note 1 to  the consolidated financial statements describes the 
methodology used to determine the allowance for loan losses and a discussion of the factors driving changes in the amount of the allowance for loan losses is included in this report.  

Deferred  income  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  determined  using  the  liability  method.  Under  this  method,  the  net  deferred  tax  asset  or  liability  is  recognized  for  the  future  tax 
consequences.  This is attributable to the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases as well as net 
operating and capital loss carry forwards.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates applied to taxable income in the years in which those temporary 
differences are expected to be recovered or settled.  The affect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income tax expense in the period that 
includes  the  enactment  date.  If  current  available  evidence  about  the  future  raises  doubt  about  the  likelihood  of  a  deferred  tax  asset  being  realized,  a  valuation  allowance  is 
established.  The  judgment  about  the  level  of  future  taxable  income,  including  that  which  is  considered  capital,  is  inherently  subjective  and  is  reviewed  on  a  continual  basis  as 
regulatory and business factors change.  A valuation allowance of $458,000 was maintained at December 31, 2012, as management believes it may not generate sufficient capital 
gains to offset its capital loss carry forward.  The Company’s effective tax rate differs from the statutory rate due primarily to non-taxable income from investment securities and 
bank owned life insurance.  

Pension  and post-retirement benefit plan liabilities and expenses are based upon actuarial assumptions of future events, including fair value of plan assets,  interest rates, and the 
length of time the Company will have to provide those benefits.  The assumptions used by management are discussed in Note 12 to the consolidated annual financial statements.  

The Company carries all of its investments at fair value with any unrealized gains or losses reported net of tax as an adjustment to shareholders' equity and included in accumulated 
other  comprehensive  income  (loss),  except  for  the  credit-related  portion  of  debt  security  impairment  losses  and  other-than-temporary  impairment  (“OTTI”)  of  equity  securities, 
which  are  charged  to  earnings.  The  Company's  ability  to  fully  realize  the  value  of  its  investments  in  various  securities,  including  corporate  debt  securities,  is  dependent  on  the 
underlying creditworthiness of the issuing organization.  In evaluating the debt security portfolio for other-than-temporary impairment losses, management considers (1) if we intend 
to sell the security; (2) if it is “more likely than not” we will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis; or (3) if the present value of expected cash 
flows  is  not sufficient to recover the entire  amortized cost basis.   In determining whether OTTI has occurred for equity  securities, the Company  considers the applicable factors 
described above and the length of time the equity security’s fair value has been below the carrying amount.  Management continually analyzes the portfolio to determine if further 
impairment has occurred that may be deemed as other-than-temporary.  Further charges are possible depending on future economic conditions.  

Page 20 

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
  
Table of Contents 

The  estimation of  fair value is  significant to  several of  our  assets, including investment securities available for  sale,  the interest  rate  derivative,  intangible assets,  foreclosed real 
estate, and the value of loan collateral when valuing loans.  These are all recorded at either fair value, or the lower of cost or fair value. Fair values are   determined based on third 
party sources, when available.  Furthermore, accounting principles generally accepted in the United States require disclosure of the fair value of financial instruments as a part of the 
notes to the consolidated financial statements.  Fair values on our available-for-sale securities may be influenced by a number of factors, including market interest rates, prepayment 
speeds, discount rates and the shape of yield curves.  

Fair values  for  securities available for sale  are obtained from an  independent  third party  pricing service.  Where available, fair  values are based on  quoted prices on a  nationally 
recognized  securities  exchange.  If  quoted  prices  are  not  available,  fair  values  are  measured  using  quoted  market  prices  for  similar  benchmark  securities.  Management  made  no 
adjustments  to  the  fair  value quotes  that  were  provided by  the  pricing  source.  The  fair  values  of foreclosed  real estate  and the underlying collateral  value  of impaired  loans  are 
typically determined based on evaluations by third parties, less estimated costs to sell.  When necessary, appraisals are updated to reflect changes in market conditions.  

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS  

Earnings performance metrics for 2012 were generally improved over those reported for 2011 as net income and return on assets increased.  

Net income for 2012 was $2.6 million, a $325,000 increase from 2011 and return on average assets and return on average equity were 0.57% and 6.68%, respectively, as compared to 
0.55% and 6.75% in 2011.  Net interest income increased $594,000 in 2012 as compared to 2011 due to an increase in earning assets and a reduction in the rates paid on interest 
bearing liabilities.  Additionally, a reduction in the provision for loan losses of $115,000 and a reduction in the provision for income taxes of $115,000 supported the improvement in 
net  income. Offsets to  these  increases  included additional  personnel expenses  of  $420,000 and  a reduction  in  the  net  gains on  sales  and  redemptions  of  investment  securities  of 
$416,000.  The reasons for these changes are provided in the sections titled “Noninterest Income” and “Noninterest Expense”.  

Total assets increased $34.8 million to $477.8, partially funded by deposits which grew by $25.7 million during 2012 primarily as a result of increases in money market deposit 
accounts and CDARS deposits.  Both product increases were in support of the Company’s strategy to accommodate the funding needs of the loan growth that was expected in its 
marketplace  through  2012.  As  such,  the  loan  portfolio  represented  a  greater  proportion  of  the  increase  in  assets  with  a  smaller  proportion  of  the  increase  within  the  investment 
securities  portfolio.  The  loan  portfolio  recorded  a  year  over  year  increase  of  $29.0  million  to  $333.7  million  at  December  31,  2012  whereas  the  investment  securities  portfolio 
recorded an increase of $7.9 million to $108.3 million at December 31, 2012.  The Company will continue to emphasize its focus in the Cicero, Central Square, and Fulton markets 
where it feels further market penetration opportunities exist.  Additionally, we will pursue expanding commercial deposit relationships with our existing lending customers as well as 
expanding our commercial loan growth in the greater Syracuse market.  

Asset quality continues to remain stable as net loan charge-offs as a percentage of total loans for 2012 were 0.10%, significantly less than the 0.21% recorded in 2011.  Net charge-
offs for 2012 were $304,000 as compared to $608,000 in 2011 and $480,000 in 2010.  Management continues to adhere to conservative underwriting policies and works closely with 
borrowers  who  have  experienced  difficulty in this  uncertain  economic climate  to  mitigate loss  to  the  Bank.  The  ratio of  allowance  for  loan  losses  to  period  end  loans increased 
slightly to 1.35% at December 31, 2012 as compared to 1.31% at December 31, 2011 and 1.28% at December 31, 2010.  Nonperforming loans to period end loans increased to 1.66% 
at December 31, 2012 from 1.55% at December 31, 2011 but decreased significantly from 2.08% recorded at December 31, 2010.  

Page 21 

   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
  
Table of Contents 

The Company improved its equity position in 2012 by $2.9 million when compared to year end 2011 through additional retained earnings of $2.1 million, an improvement in the 
after tax impact of unrealized holding gains of its available-for-sale securities portfolio, and the positive impact of the pension plan freeze which occurred in the second quarter of 
2012.  Partially offsetting this improvement was the Company’s election to purchase the CPP warrants from the U.S. Treasury, causing a $537,000 reduction to equity.  

Net Interest Income  

Net  interest  income  is  the  Company's  primary  source  of  operating  income  for  payment  of  operating  expenses  and  providing  for  possible  loan  losses.  It  is  the  amount  by  which 
interest earned on interest-earning deposits, loans and investment securities exceeds the interest paid on deposits and borrowed money.  Changes in net interest income and the net 
interest margin ratio result from the interaction between the volume and composition of earning assets, interest-bearing liabilities, and their respective yields and funding costs.  

The following comments refer to the table of Average Balances and Rates and the Rate/Volume Analysis, both of which follow below.  

Net interest income, on a tax-equivalent basis, increased $771,000, or 5.3%, to $15.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, as compared to $14.5 million for the year ended 
December  31,  2011.  The  Company's  net interest  margin  for  2012 decreased  to  3.50%  from  3.76% in 2011.  The  increase  in  net  interest  income  is attributable  exclusively  to  an 
increase in average earning assets.  When comparing 2012 against 2011, the yield on average earning assets declined by 48 basis points, whereas the rates paid on interest bearing 
liabilities declined by 24 basis points.  

The average balance of interest-earning assets increased $50.2 million, or 13.0%, during 2012 and the average balance of interest-bearing liabilities increased by $39.1 million, or 
11.4%.  The increase in the average balance of interest earning assets primarily resulted from a $23.0 million increase in the average balance of the loan portfolio and a $26.1 million 
increase in the average balance of the security investment portfolio.  This was funded by a $39.1 million increase in interest-bearing liabilities driven largely by an increase in money 
market deposit accounts (“MMDA”) and time deposits.  The makeup of the latter increase was largely composed of CDARS deposits. These increases in interest bearing liabilities, 
initiated to fund the loan growth needs, were the direct result of the Company’s strategic plan previously addressed.  Interest income, on a tax-equivalent basis, increased $338,000, 
or 1.8%, during 2012. The decrease in yield on interest earning assets to 4.40% in 2012 from 4.88% in 2011 was more than offset by the 13.0% increase in average volume.  This 
increase in average volume was primarily centered in average investment securities and, secondarily, average residential real estate loans and commercial loans.  Interest expense on 
interest-bearing liabilities decreased $433,000, or 10.0%, as the rates paid dropped 24 basis points to 1.02% in 2012 from 1.26% in 2011.  The principal reason for the decline in rates 
paid was due to the greater concentration of CDARS deposits within time deposits, as the Company elected to acquire shorter term CDARS deposits at current low market rates to 
provide the liquidity for the expected loan growth.  

Page 22 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
Table of Contents 

Average Balances and Rates  

The following table sets forth information concerning average interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and the yields and rates thereon. Interest income and resultant 
yield information in the table is on a fully tax-equivalent basis using marginal federal income tax rates of 34%. Averages are computed on the daily average balance for each month 
in the period divided by the number of days in the period. Yields and amounts earned include loan fees. Non-accrual loans have been included in interest-earning assets for purposes 
of these calculations.  

(Dollars in thousands)  
Interest-earning assets:  

   Average         
   Balance   

Interest   

   Average         
Yield /   
Cost   

   Average         
   Balance   

2012  

For the Years Ended December 31,  
2011  

   Average         
Yield /   
Cost   

   Average         
   Balance   

2010  

Interest   

   Average   
Yield /   
Cost   

Real estate loans residential  
Real estate loans commercial  
Commercial loans  
Consumer loans  
Taxable investment securities  
Tax-exempt investment securities  
Interest-earning time deposit  
Interest-earning deposits  

Total interest-earning assets  

  $ 

  $  168,354   
72,894   
45,598   
26,956   
93,352   
23,716   
1,994   
3,426   
     436,290   

8,233   
4,194   
2,161   
1,535   
1,927   
1,100   
24   
4   
19,178   

Noninterest-earning assets:  

Other assets  
Allowance for loan losses  
Net unrealized gains  
on available for sale securities  

Total assets  

Interest-bearing liabilities:  

NOW accounts  
Money management accounts  
MMDA accounts  
Savings and club accounts  
Time deposits  
Junior subordinated debentures  
Borrowings  

Total interest-bearing liabilities  

Noninterest-bearing liabilities:  

Demand deposits  
Other liabilities  

Total liabilities  
Shareholders' equity  

32,593         
(4,224 )       

2,594         

  $  467,253   

  $ 

31,819   
14,395   
77,401   
63,962   
     159,283   
5,155   
31,079   
     383,094   

40,759         
3,765         

     427,618   
39,635   

Total liabilities & shareholders' 

  $  467,253   

equity  
Net interest income  
Net interest rate spread  
Net interest margin  
Ratio of average interest-earning assets       
to average interest-bearing liabilities  

5.54 % 
6.21 % 
5.02 % 
6.01 % 
3.37 % 
4.65 % 
0.00 % 
0.09 % 
5.05 % 

0.26 % 
0.32 % 
0.66 % 
0.15 % 
2.08 % 
3.18 % 
3.62 % 
1.47 % 

Interest   

8,029   
4,372   
1,904   
1,726   
2,231   
571   
2   
5   
18,840   

  $ 

4.89 %    $  153,735   
70,050   
5.75 %      
38,533   
4.74 %      
28,468   
5.69 %      
79,236   
2.06 %      
11,716   
4.64 %      
176   
1.20 %      
0.12 %      
4,147   
4.40 %       386,061   

35,647         
(3,872 )       

1,293         

  $  419,129   

  $ 

5.22 %    $  138,497   
65,120   
6.24 %      
37,700   
4.94 %      
29,506   
6.06 %      
75,660   
2.82 %      
8,587   
4.87 %      
-  
1.14 %      
0.12 %      
8,140   
4.88 %       363,210   

7,672   
4,044   
1,894   
1,774   
2,549   
399   
-  
7   
18,339   

32,087         
(3,420 )       

1,513         

  $  393,390   

82   
43   
427   
54   
2,290   
169   
843   
3,908   

30,274   
0.26 %    $ 
12,964   
0.30 %      
64,352   
0.55 %      
0.08 %      
60,713   
1.44 %       139,299   
5,155   
3.28 %      
2.71 %      
31,255   
1.02 %       344,012   

87   
43   
438   
78   
2,590   
163   
942   
4,341   

29,816   
0.29 %    $ 
12,101   
0.33 %      
50,722   
0.68 %      
0.13 %      
57,810   
1.86 %       137,975   
5,155   
3.16 %      
3.01 %      
34,102   
1.26 %       327,681   

79   
39   
336   
84   
2,871   
164   
1,235   
4,808   

35,971         
4,722         

     384,705   
34,424   

  $  419,129   

29,479         
5,173         

     362,333   
31,057   

  $  393,390   

  $ 

15,270         

  $ 

14,499         

  $ 

13,531         

3.38 %      
3.50 %      

113.89 %      

Page 23 

3.62 %      
3.76 %      

112.22 %      

3.58 % 
3.73 % 

110.84 % 

 
 
 
 
   
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
     
        
  
        
  
        
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
        
        
         
        
        
         
        
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
    
    
          
    
    
          
    
    
          
    
    
          
    
    
          
    
    
          
    
     
          
          
    
    
          
          
    
    
          
          
    
    
          
    
    
          
    
    
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
    
    
          
    
    
          
    
    
          
    
    
          
    
    
          
    
    
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
    
          
    
          
    
    
     
          
    
    
          
    
    
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
   
  
Table of Contents 

Interest Income  

Changes in interest income result from changes in the average balances of loans, securities, and interest-earning deposits and the related yields on those balances.  Interest income on 
a tax-equivalent basis increased $338,000, or 1.8%.  

Average  interest  earning  asset  balances  increased  13.0%  in  2012,  with  yields  decreasing  48  basis  points  to  4.40%.  The  Company's  average  residential  mortgage  loan  portfolio 
increased $14.6 million, or 9.5%, when comparing 2012 to 2011. The average yield on this portfolio decreased 33 basis points to 4.89% in 2012 as higher rate amortizing mortgages 
were replaced with new originations reflecting current market rates.  The average balance of commercial real estate loans recorded a modest increase of $2.8 million, or 4.1%, and 
the yield decreased 49 basis points to 5.75% in 2012.  Average commercial loans recorded a significant increase of $7.1 million, or 18.3%, while the yield decreased 20 basis points 
to 4.74% in 2012.  This increase in average commercial loans is in direct support of the Company’s plan to continue to diversify its loan portfolio.  

Interest income on taxable investment securities decreased 13.6% from 2011 as the average yield decreased 76 basis points to 2.06% in 2012 from 2.82% in 2011.  This was offset by 
an  increase  of  $14.1  million,  or  17.8%,  in  the  average  balance  of  taxable  investment  securities.  Interest  income  on  tax-exempt  securities  increased  $529,000,  or  92.6%,  when 
compared to the prior year as tax equivalent yields on these issues continued to be attractive investment alternatives.  

Interest Expense  

Changes  in  interest  expense  result  from  changes  in  the  average  balances  of  deposits and  borrowings  and  the  related  interest  costs  on  those balances.  Interest  expense decreased 
$433,000,  or  10.0%,  in  2012  compared  to  2011.  The  average  rate  paid  on  all  interest-bearing  deposits  was  1.02%  in  2012  as  compared  to  1.26%  in  2011,  a  24  basis  point 
decrease.  Average balances for total interest-bearing liabilities increased by $39.1 million in 2012 when compared to 2011, principally due to a $13.0 million increase in average 
MMDA and a $20.0 million increase in time deposits.  While average balances in both of these major deposit areas increased, the rates paid on each of these decreased 13 basis 
points  and  42  basis  points,  respectively,  resulting  in  a  year  over  year  decrease  in  interest  expense  of  $11,000  and  $300,000,  respectively.  Time  deposits  include  certificates  of 
deposits  and  CDARS  deposits.  Maturing  certificates  of  deposits  continue  to  be  replaced  with  current  lower  cost  certificates,  contributing  to  the  decrease  in  rates  paid  on  time 
deposits.  

The decrease in the cost of interest bearing liabilities also resulted from a decrease of 30 basis points in the average cost of borrowings, as the maturities of borrowings, generally the 
Federal Home Loan Bank of New York, with higher rates have been replaced by lower rates on borrowings and reflecting current market conditions.  Savings and club accounts, a 
significant source of core deposits, recorded average balances of $64.0 million in 2012 reflecting a 5.4% increase over 2011.  Average rates paid on these accounts decreased 5 basis 
points to 0.08%.  

Page 24 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
Table of Contents 

Rate/Volume Analysis  

Net interest income can also be analyzed in terms of the impact of changing interest rates on interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, and changes in the volume or 
amount of these assets and liabilities. The following table represents the extent to which changes in interest rates and changes in the volume of interest-earning assets and interest-
bearing  liabilities  have  affected  the  Company’s  interest  income  and  interest  expense  during  the  periods  indicated.  Information  is  provided  in  each  category  with  respect  to:  (i) 
changes attributable to changes in volume (change in volume multiplied by prior rate); (ii) changes attributable to changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by prior volume); and 
(iii) total increase or decrease.  Changes attributable to both rate and volume have been allocated ratably.  

Years Ended December 31,  

2012 vs. 2011  
Increase/(Decrease) Due to  

2011 vs. 2010  
Increase/(Decrease) Due to  

Volume   

Rate      

Total  
Increase  
(Decrease)  

Volume   

Rate      

Total  
Increase  
(Decrease)  

  $ 

  $ 

732   
173   
337   
(89 ) 
358   
557   
22   
(3 ) 
2,087   

4   
4   
81   
4   
338   
-  
(5 ) 
426   
1,661   

  $ 

  $ 

(528 ) 
(351 ) 
(80 ) 
(102 ) 
(662 ) 
(28 ) 
-  
2   
(1,749 ) 

(9 ) 
(4 ) 
(92 ) 
(28 ) 
(638 ) 
6   
(94 ) 
(859 ) 
(890 ) 

  $ 

  $ 

204   
(178 ) 
257   
(191 ) 
(304 ) 
529   
22   
(1 ) 
338   

(5 ) 
-  
(11 ) 
(24 ) 
(300 ) 
6   
(99 ) 
(433 ) 
771   

  $ 

  $ 

815   
308   
41   
(63 ) 
115   
152   
2   
(4 ) 
1,366   

1   
3   
92   
5   
27   
-  
(97 ) 
31   
1,335   

  $ 

  $ 

(458 ) 
20   
(31 ) 
15   
(433 ) 
20   
-  
2   
(865 ) 

7   
1   
10   
(11 ) 
(308 ) 
(1 ) 
(196 ) 
(498 ) 
(367 ) 

  $ 

  $ 

357   
328   
10   
(48 ) 
(318 ) 
172   
2   
(2 ) 
501   

8   
4   
102   
(6 ) 
(281 ) 
(1 ) 
(293 ) 
(467 ) 
968   

(In thousands)  
Interest Income:  

Real estate loans residential  
Real estate loans commercial  
Commercial loans  
Consumer loans  
Taxable investment securities  
Tax-exempt investment securities  
Interest-earning time deposits  
Interest-earning deposits  
Total interest income  

Interest Expense:  
NOW accounts  
Money management accounts  
MMDA accounts  
Savings and club accounts  
Time deposits  
Junior subordinated debentures  
Borrowings  

Total interest expense  
Net change in net interest income  

Provision for Loan Losses  

This year, 2012, the Company recorded $825,000 in provision for loan losses as compared to $940,000 recorded in the prior year.  This year over year decrease is due to lower levels 
of net charge-offs, offset partially by the need for additional provision due to the growth in the loan portfolio. The Company views its current level of allowance for loan losses as 
adequate to absorb the probable and estimable losses within its loan portfolio.  

Page 25 

   
 
 
 
 
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
     
  
  
     
        
     
        
        
     
  
  
     
        
     
        
        
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
          
        
  
  
          
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
    
    
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 

Noninterest Income  

The Company's noninterest income is primarily comprised of fees on deposit account balances and transactions, loan servicing, commissions and net gains or losses on securities, 
loans, and foreclosed real estate.  

The following table sets forth certain information on noninterest income for the years indicated.  

(In thousands)  
Service charges on deposit accounts  
Earnings and gain on bank owned life insurance  
Loan servicing fees  
Debit card interchange fees  
Other charges, commissions and fees  
Noninterest income before gains (losses)  
Net gains on sales and redemptions of investment securities  
Net gains (losses) on sales of loans and foreclosed real estate  
Total noninterest income  

Twelve Months Ended December 31,  

   $ 

   $ 

2012   
1,112       $ 
309         
211         
426         
569         
2,627         
375         
61         
3,063       $ 

2011      
1,131       $ 
224         
196         
369         
531         
2,451         
791         
(50 )       
3,192       $ 

Change  

(19 ) 
85   
15   
57   
38   
176   
(416 ) 
111   
(129 ) 

-1.7 % 
37.9 % 
7.7 % 
15.4 % 
7.2 % 
7.2 % 
-52.6 % 
-222.0 % 
-4.0 % 

As indicated in the above table, total noninterest income for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012 decreased from the prior year due principally to the lower level of net gains 
on sales and redemptions of investment securities. In 2011, the Company restructured a portion of its investment securities portfolio due to falling interest rates and a significant 
mismatch between the demand for, and available supply of, bank qualified fixed income products in the marketplace at that time.  Partially offsetting this decrease was a year over 
year improvement in net gains on sales of loans and foreclosed real estate, an increase in earnings and gain on bank owned life insurance (stemming from the recorded gain on life 
insurance proceeds due to the death of a former Company director), and an increase in debit card interchange fees driven by increased usage.  

Noninterest Expense  

The following table sets forth certain information on noninterest expense for the years indicated.  

(In thousands)  
Salaries and employee benefits  
Building occupancy  
Data processing  
Professional and other services  
Advertising  
FDIC assessments  
Audits and exams  
Other expenses  
Total noninterest expenses  

Twelve Months Ended December 31,  

  $ 

  $ 

2012   
7,496   
1,427   
1,437   
654   
453   
311   
248   
1,492   
13,518   

  $ 

  $ 

2011      
7,076       $ 
1,395         
1,398         
681         
437         
390         
162         
1,609         
13,148       $ 

Change  

420   
32   
39   
(27 ) 
16   
(79 ) 
86   
(117 ) 
370   

5.9 % 
2.3 % 
2.8 % 
-4.0 % 
3.7 % 
-20.3 % 
53.1 % 
-7.3 % 
2.8 % 

As indicated above, total noninterest expense for 2012 increased over the prior year due largely to the increase in salaries and employee benefits stemming from wage increases, 
stock  option  and  ESOP  compensation  expenses.  The  annualized  rate  of  pension  costs  did  not  decrease  until  the  pension  freeze  was  announced  by  the  Company  on  May  14, 
2012.  Further, pension costs in 2013 will decrease $249,000 from the 2012 level.  The Company did not begin recording stock option costs until the second quarter of 2011 and 
ESOP compensation expenses until the third quarter of 2011, hence 2012 was the first full year of recorded expenses under the stock option awards granted in June 2011, and the 
ESOP plan initiated in July 2011.  Partially offsetting these expense increases was a reduction in other expenses due to a change in program characteristics of the Company’s debit 
rewards card program and reduced FDIC assessment expenses due to the new assessment base formula adopted in 2011.  

Page 26 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 

Income Tax Expense  

In 2012, the Company reported income tax expense of $929,000 compared with $1.0 million in 2011.  The effective tax rate decreased to 26.0% in 2012 compared to a tax rate of 
31.0%  in  2011  due  to  additional  income  from  tax  exempt  securities  and  additional  earnings  and  gains  on  bank  owned  life  insurance.  See  Note  15  to  the  consolidated  financial 
statements for the reconciliation of the statutory tax rate to the effective tax rate.  

Earnings Per Share  

Basic earnings per share was $0.88 in 2012 as compared to $0.53 in 2011.  Diluted earnings per share was $0.87 in 2012 as compared to $0.52 in 2011.   These increases in basic and 
diluted earnings per share were due principally to the accelerated accretion of the discount on preferred stock which totaled $470,000 or $0.19 per basic and diluted share in 2011 
related  to  the  Company’s  participation  in  and  exit  from  the  CPP  and,  separately,  the  dividends  on  the  preferred  stock  related  to  the  Company’s  participation  in  the  SBLF.   
Additionally, the $325,000 increase in net income between 2011 and 2012 resulted in an increase of $0.13 per basic and diluted share between these two years.  

CHANGES IN FINANCIAL CONDITION  

Investment Securities  

The investment portfolio represents 27% of the Company’s average earning assets and is designed to generate a favorable rate of return consistent with safety of principal while 
assisting the Company in meeting its liquidity needs and interest rate risk strategies.  All of the Company’s investments are classified as available for sale.  The Company invests 
primarily in securities issued by United States Government agencies and sponsored enterprises, mortgage-backed securities, state and municipal obligations, mutual funds, equity 
securities, investment grade corporate debt instruments, and common stock issued by the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (FHLBNY).  By investing in these types of assets, 
the Company reduces the credit risk of its asset base but must accept lower yields than would typically be available on loan products.  Our mortgage backed securities portfolio is 
comprised predominantly of pass-through securities guaranteed by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, or Ginnie Mae and does not, to our knowledge, include any securities backed by sub-
prime or other high-risk mortgages.  

At  December  31,  2012,  investment  securities  increased  7.9%  to  $108.3  million  from  $100.4  million  at  December  31,  2011.  There  were  no  securities  that  exceeded  10%  of 
consolidated shareholders’ equity.  See Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements for further discussion on securities.  

The following table sets forth the carrying value of the Company's investment portfolio at December 31:  

(In Thousands)  
Investment Securities:  

US Treasury, agencies and GSEs  
State and political subdivisions  
Corporate  
Residential mortgage-backed  
Mutual funds  
Equity securities  

    Total investment securities  

2012   

2011   

  $ 

  $ 

6,183   
27,471   
23,006   
48,556   
2,691   
432   
108,339   

  $ 

  $ 

5,073   
20,304   
20,434   
51,575   
2,565   
444   
100,395   

Page 27 

   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
     
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 

The following table sets forth the scheduled maturities, amortized cost, fair values and average yields for the Company's investment securities at December 31, 2012. Average yield 
is calculated on the amortized cost to maturity and adjusted to a fully tax-equivalent basis.  

(Dollars in thousands)  
Debt investment securities:  

US Treasury, agencies and GSEs  
State and political subdivisions  
Corporate  
Total  

Mortgage-backed securities:  

Residential mortgage-backed  

Total  

Other non-maturity investments:  

Mutual funds  
Equity securities  
Total  

Total investment securities  

(Dollars in thousands)  
Debt investment securities:  

US Treasury, agencies and GSEs  
State and political subdivisions  
Corporate  
Total  

Mortgage-backed securities:  

Residential mortgage-backed  

Total  

Other non-maturity investments:  

Mutual funds  
Equity securities  

Total  

Total investment securities  

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

One Year or Less  

One to Five Years  

      Five to Ten Years  

Amortized   
Cost   

Annualized         
Weighted   
Avg Yield   

Amortized   
Cost   

Annualized         
Weighted   
Avg Yield   

Amortized   
Cost   

Annualized   
Weighted   
Avg Yield   

3,001   
1,347   
3,559   
7,907   

-  
-  

2,374   
420   
2,794   
10,701   

1.38 %    $ 
1.71 %      
1.34 %      
1.42 %    $ 

-  
-  

  $ 
  $ 

3.47 %    $ 
2.54 %      
3.33 %    $ 
1.92 %    $ 

2,154   
4,357   
15,016   
21,527   

210   
210   

-        
-        
-        

21,737   

0.83 %    $ 
1.88 %      
2.00 %      
1.86 %    $ 

5.27 %    $ 
5.27 %    $ 

  $ 

-  
-  
-  
  $ 
1.89 %    $ 

1,020   
6,374   
1,011   
8,405   

11,768   
11,768   

-        
-        
-        

20,173   

1.54 % 
3.18 % 
3.16 % 
2.98 % 

2.41 % 
2.41 % 

-  
-  
-  
2.64 % 

More Than Ten Years  

Amortized   
Cost   

Annualized         
Weighted   
Avg Yield   

Amortized   
Cost   

-  
14,335   
3,356   
17,691   

35,431   
35,431   

-  
-  
-  
53,122   

  $ 
-  
3.25 %      
2.43 %      
3.09 %    $ 

2.34 %    $ 
2.34 %    $ 

  $ 

-  
-  
  $ 
-  
2.59 %    $ 

6,175   
26,413   
22,942   
55,530   

47,409   
47,409   

2,374   
420   
2,794   
105,733   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

Total 
Investment 
Securities  

Fair   
Value   

6,183   
27,471   
23,006   
56,660   

48,556   
48,556   

2,691   
432   
3,123   
108,339   

Annualized   
Weighted   
Avg Yield   

1.22 % 
2.93 % 
2.01 % 
2.37 % 

2.37 % 
2.37 % 

3.47 % 
2.54 % 
3.34 % 
2.39 % 

The above noted yield information does not give effect to changes in fair value that are reflected in accumulated other comprehensive loss in consolidated shareholders’ equity.  

Loans Receivable  

Loans receivable represent 72% of the Company’s average earning assets and account for the greatest portion of total interest income.  The Company currently has the largest portion 
of its loan portfolio in the residential real estate product segment and it anticipates a continued commitment to financing the purchase or improvement of residential real estate in its 
market area.  The Company also extends credit to businesses within its marketplace secured by commercial real estate, equipment, inventories, and accounts receivable.  In support of 
the  strategy  to  diversify  its  loan  portfolio,  it  is  anticipated  that  small  business  lending  in  the  form  of  mortgages,  term  loans,  leases,  and  lines  of  credit  will  provide  the  most 
opportunity for balance sheet and revenue growth over the near term.  At December 31, 2012, commercial and municipal loans comprised 15% of the total loan portfolio, and 78% of 
the Company’s total loan portfolio consisted of loans secured by first mortgages on residential and commercial real estate.  

Page 28 

   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
  
  
     
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
        
        
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
        
     
        
  
  
     
  
  
        
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
  
  
          
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 

(In thousands)  
Residential real estate (1)  
Commercial real estate  
Commercial and municipal loans  
Home Equity and junior liens  
Consumer loans  
  Total loans receivable  

December 31,  

  $ 

  $ 

2012   
176,968   
82,357   
48,826   
22,141   
3,456   
333,748   

  $ 

  $ 

2011   
162,395   
73,628   
40,336   
24,251   
4,140   
304,750   

  $ 

  $ 

2010   
147,722   
69,060   
39,833   
25,271   
3,410   
285,296   

  $ 

  $ 

2009   
135,102   
62,250   
35,447   
26,086   
3,580   
262,465   

  $ 

  $ 

2008   
136,218   
55,061   
30,685   
24,392   
3,516   
249,872   

(1) Includes loans held for sale at December 31, 2009. (None at December 31, 2012, 2011, 2010, and 2008)  

The following table shows the amount of loans outstanding, including net deferred costs, as of December 31, 2012 which, based on remaining scheduled repayments of principal, are 
due in the periods indicated.  Demand loans having no stated schedule of repayments, no stated maturity, and overdrafts are reported as one year or less.  Adjustable and floating rate 
loans are included in the period on which interest rates are next scheduled to adjust, rather than the period in which they contractually mature.  Fixed rate loans are included in the 
period in which the final contractual repayment is due.  

(In thousands)  
Real estate:  

Commercial real estate  
Residential real estate  

Total real estate  
Other commercial  
Home equity and junior liens  
Consumer  
Total loans  

Interest rates:  
Fixed  
Variable  

Total loans  

Due Under   
One Year   

Due 1-5   
Years   

Due Over         
Five Years   

103   
83   
186   
24,218   
40   
550   
24,994   

  $ 

  $ 

5,471   
4,761   
10,232   
16,457   
1,056   
2,108   
29,853   

  $ 

  $ 

76,783   
172,124   
248,907   
8,151   
21,045   
798   
278,901   

  $ 

  $ 

6,294   
18,700   
24,994   

  $ 

  $ 

19,515   
10,338   
29,853   

  $ 

  $ 

152,991   
125,910   
278,901   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

Total   

82,357   
176,968   
259,325   
48,826   
22,141   
3,456   
333,748   

178,800   
154,948   
333,748   

Total  loans  receivable  increased  $29.0  million  or  9.5%  when  compared  to  the  prior  year,  primarily  due  to  a  $14.6  million  or  9.0%  increase  in  residential  real  estate  loans.  The 
Company does not originate sub-prime, Alt-A, negative amortizing or other higher risk structured residential mortgages. Commercial and municipal loans increased $8.5 million or 
21.0% in support of the Company’s strategy to balance its diversification among its product segments.  Commercial real estate loans also reported significant growth as this segment 
reported a $8.7 million or 11.9% year over year increase.  At December 31, 2012, total loans receivable having a fixed interest rate represented 53.6% of the portfolio as compared to 
51.3%  at  December  31,  2011.  This  represents  a  continuing  shift  to  fixed  interest  rate  products,  given  the  historically  lower  fixed  rates  and  the  market’s  desire  to  lock  in  lower 
borrowing costs.  

Consumer loans, which include second mortgage loans, home equity lines of credit, direct installment, and revolving credit loans, decreased 9.8% to $25.6 million at December 31, 
2012.  The decrease resulted from a decrease in home equity lines of credit as a result of the current market and economic conditions.  

Page 29 

   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
     
          
          
          
    
     
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 

Non-performing Loans and Assets  

The following table represents information concerning the aggregate amount of non-performing assets:  

(In thousands)  
Nonaccrual loans:  

Commercial real estate and commercial  
Consumer  
Residential real estate  

Total nonaccrual loans  

Total non-performing loans  
Foreclosed real estate  

Total non-performing assets  

Troubled debt restructurings not included above  

December 31,  

2012   

2,726   
776   
2,046   
5,548   
5,548   
426   
5,974   

  $ 

  $ 

2011   

2,594   
706   
1,428   
4,728   
4,728   
536   
5,264   

  $ 

  $ 

2010   

4,224   
365   
1,335   
5,924   
5,924   
375   
6,299   

  $ 

  $ 

2009   

1,021   
111   
1,181   
2,313   
2,313   
181   
2,494   

  $ 

  $ 

1,937   

  $ 

595   

  $ 

1,587   

  $ 

680   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

2008   

1,455   
254   
614   
2,323   
2,323   
335   
2,658   

-  

Non-performing loans to total loans  
Non-performing assets to total assets  

1.66 %      
1.25 %      

1.55 %      
1.19 %      

2.08 %      
1.54 %      

0.88 %      
0.67 %      

0.93 % 
0.75 % 

Non-performing assets include nonaccrual loans, nonaccrual troubled debt restructurings (“TDR”), and foreclosed real estate. Loans are considered modified in a TDR when, due 
to a borrower’s financial difficulties, the Company makes a concession(s) to the borrower that it would not otherwise consider. These modifications may include an extension of 
the term of the loan, and granting a period when interest-only payments can be made, with the principal payments made over the remaining term of the loan or at maturity.  TDRs 
are included in the above table within the following categories of nonaccrual loans or TDRs not included above (the latter also known as accruing TDRs).  

As indicated in the above table, total non-performing loans increased at December 31, 2012, when compared to December 31, 2011, but slightly less than the amounts recorded at 
December 31, 2010.  The increase in 2012 over 2011 was centered largely in residential real estate loans, a result of the continued challenging economic environment within the 
Company’s market area.  Management continues to monitor and react to national and local economic trends as well as general portfolio conditions which may impact the quality 
of the portfolio, and considers these environmental factors in support of the allowance for loan loss reserve.  Management believes that the current level of the allowance for loan 
losses, at $4.5 million, adequately addresses the current level of risk within the loan portfolio. The Company has also maintained strict loan underwriting standards and carefully 
monitors the performance of the loan portfolio.  

Foreclosed real estate (“FRE”) balances decreased $110,000 to $426,000 at December 31, 2012, from December 31, 2011 as the Company successfully reduced its inventory of 
other real estate properties from eleven to eight.  Through the twelve months of 2012, the sale of ten properties resulted in a net gain of $20,000, confirming that the Company’s 
FRE carrying value is a valid approximation of current market conditions.  As indicated above, the current level of foreclosed real estate balances have significantly decreased 
from the balances recorded a year ago.  

Additionally, the Company is carrying a repossessed boat in other assets with a carrying value of $235,000.  

The Company generally places a loan on nonaccrual status and ceases accruing interest when loan payment performance is deemed unsatisfactory and the loan is past due 90 days 
or more.  There are no loans that are past due 90 days or more and still accruing interest.  The Company considers a loan impaired when, based on current information and events, 
it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal and interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan.  

Page 30 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
        
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
     
          
          
          
          
    
  
     
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 

The measurement of impaired loans is generally based upon the fair value of the collateral, with a portion of the impaired loans measured based upon the present value of future 
cash flows discounted at the historical effective interest rate.  The Company used the fair value of collateral to measure impairment on commercial loans and commercial real 
estate  loans.  At  December  31,  2012  and  December  31,  2011,  the  Company  had  $6.7  million  and  $4.3  million  in  loans,  which  were  deemed  to  be  impaired,  having  specific 
reserves of $923,000 and $619,000, respectively.  The $2.4 million year over year increase in impaired loans was principally due to the addition of four commercial real estate 
borrowers totaling $1.6 million, offset by $230,000 in the reduction of impaired loans from two commercial real estate relationships through foreclosure proceedings and transfer 
to  FRE  or  through  the  satisfaction  of  debt.  Impaired  residential  mortgage  loans  increased  by  $853,000  between  these  same  two  time  periods  through  the  addition  of  nine 
residential mortgages associated with commercial relationships identified as impaired.  

Management has identified potential problem loans totaling $11.7 million as of December 31, 2012, compared to $8.0 million as of December 31, 2011.  These loans have been 
internally classified as special mention or substandard, yet are not currently considered impaired or in non-accrual status.  Management has identified potential credit problems 
which may result in the borrowers not being able to comply with the current loan repayment terms and which may result in possible future impaired loan reporting.  The increase 
in problem loans reflects increases in classifications of 1-4 family residential mortgages in the amount of $966,000 and commercial real estate loans in the amount of $894,000, 
the latter due principally to one large commercial relationship being downgraded to special mention.  Commercial lines and loans, in aggregate, recorded an increase in potential 
problem loans of $1.1 million from year end 2011 to year end 2012.  The significant increase in potential problem loans evidenced by a disproportionate increase in the amount of 
residential  real estate  loans,  commercial real  estate,  and commercial  loans risk  rated  as  Special  Mention  when  compared to December 31, 2011.  As a result,  the  ratio  of  the 
allowance to loan and lease losses to period-end loans at December 31, 2012 was 1.35% as compared to December 31, 2011 of 1.31%.  The increase was driven by the required 
provision for loan losses prompted by the strong increase in gross loans and an increase in the related allowance for impaired commercial real estate loans reported in the third 
quarter of 2012.  Management reviews delinquency and credit quality trends in its assessment of the qualitative factors used in the support of the allowance for loan losses and 
believes that the current allowance for loan losses is adequate to cover probable credit losses in the current loan portfolio.  

Appraisals  are  obtained  at  the  time  a  real  estate  secured  loan  is  originated.   For  commercial  real  estate  held  as  collateral,  the  property  is  inspected  every  two  years.  When 
evaluating our ability to collect from secondary sources, appraised values are adjusted to reflect the age of appraisal, the condition of the property, the current local real estate 
market, and cost to sell.  Properties are re-appraised when our evaluation of the current property condition and the local real estate market suggests values may not be accurate.  

In the normal course of business, Pathfinder Bank has sold residential mortgage loans and participation interests in commercial loans. As is typical in the industry, Pathfinder 
Bank makes certain representations and warranties to the buyer. Pathfinder Bank maintains a quality control program for closed loans and considers the risks and uncertainties 
associated with potential repurchase requirements to be minimal.  There are no known or alleged defects in the securitization process or in the mortgage documentation.  

Allowance for Loan Losses  

The allowance for loan losses is established through provision for loan losses and reduced by loan charge-offs net of recoveries.  The allowance for loan losses represents the amount 
available  for  probable  credit  losses  in  the  Company’s  loan  portfolio  as  estimated  by  management.  The  Company  maintains  an  allowance  for  loan  losses  based  upon  a  monthly 
evaluation  of  known  and  inherent  risks  in  the  loan  portfolio.  This  includes  a  review  of  the  balances  and  composition  of  the  loan  portfolio,  as  well  as  analyzing  the  level  of 
delinquencies in each segment of the loan portfolio.  

The Company establishes a specific allocation for all loans identified as being impaired with a balance in excess of $100,000. These loans are on nonaccrual or have been risk rated 
under  the  Company’s  risk  rating  system  as  substandard,  doubtful,  or  loss.  The  measurement  of  impaired  loans  is  generally  based  upon  the  present  value  of  future  cash  flows 
discounted at the historical effective interest rate, except that all collateral-dependent loans are measured for impairment based on the fair value of the collateral, less costs to sell. 
The majority of the Company’s impaired loans are collateral-dependent.  The Company uses the fair value of collateral, less costs to sell to measure impairment on commercial and 
commercial real estate loans.  Residential real estate loans in excess of $300,000 may also be included in this individual loan review. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company 
had $6.7 million and $4.3 million in loans, identified as impaired, having valuation allowances of $923,000 and $619,000, respectively.  For all other loans and leases, the Company 
uses  the  general  allocation  methodology  that  establishes  an  allowance  to  estimate  the  probable  incurred  loss  for  each  risk-rating  category  that  reflects  actual  loss  experience, 
delinquency trends, current economic conditions, and several other environmental factors.  

Page 31 

 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
Table of Contents 

The allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2012 and 2011 was $4.5 million and $4.0 million, or 1.35% and 1.31% of total period end loans, respectively.  Net loan charge-offs 
were  $304,000  during  2012,  as  compared  to  $608,000  in  2011.  The  majority  of  the  current  year  net  charge-off  activity  is  the  result  of  net  charge-offs  of  $128,000  within  the 
commercial real estate product segment, with the ‘other consumer loans’ product segment reporting net charge-offs of $102,000.  The 1-4 family first-lien residential mortgage loan 
product segment reported a modest amount of net charge-offs of $33,000 for 2012.  See Note 6 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for complete details on net charge-offs.  

The following table sets forth the allocation of allowance for loan losses by loan category for the periods indicated.  The allocation of the allowance by category is not necessarily 
indicative of future losses and does not restrict the use of the allowance to absorb losses in any category.  

2012  

2011  

2010  

2009  

2008  

(Dollars in thousands)  
Residential real estate  
Commercial real estate  
Commercial and municipal  
Home equity and junior liens  
Consumer loans  
Unallocated  
Total  

  Percent of   
   Loans to   
Total 
Loans   

  Percent of   
   Loans to   
Total 
Loans   

  Allocation   
of the   

  Allowance   
811   
  $ 
1,748   
1,192   
494   
168   
88         

  Allocation   
of the   

  Allocation   
of the   

  Allocation   
of the   

  Allocation   
of the   

  Percent of   
   Loans to   
Total 
Loans   

  Percent of   
   Loans to   
Total 
Loans   

53.1 %    $ 
24.6 %      
14.7 %      
6.6 %      
1.0 %      

  Allowance   
664   
1,346   
1,114   
501   
162   
193         

53.2 %    $ 
24.2 %      
13.2 %      
8.0 %      
1.4 %      

  Allowance   
750   
1,204   
1,083   
424   
89   
98         

51.7 %    $ 
24.2 %      
14.0 %      
8.9 %      
1.2 %      

  Allowance   
763   
1,009   
864   
390   
76   
(24 )       

  Allowance   
679   
907   
505   
333   
48   

51.5 %    $ 
23.7 %      
13.5 %      
9.9 %      
1.4 %      

-        

  Percent of   
   Loans to   
Total 
Loans   

54.5 % 
22.0 % 
12.3 % 
9.8 % 
1.4 % 

  $ 

4,501   

100.0 %    $ 

3,980   

100.0 %    $ 

3,648   

100.0 %    $ 

3,078   

100.0 %    $ 

2,472   

100.0 % 

Page 32 

   
 
 
 
 
  
  
     
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 

The following table sets forth the allowance for loan losses for the periods indicated and related ratios:  

(In thousands)  
Balance at beginning of year  
Provisions charged to operating expenses  
Recoveries of loans previously charged-off:  

Commercial real estate and loans  
Consumer  
Residential real estate  
Total recoveries  

Loans charged off:  

Commercial real estate and loans  
Consumer  
Residential real estate  
Total charged-off  

Net charge-offs  
Balance at end of year  
Net charge-offs to average loans outstanding  
Allowance for loan losses to year-end loans  

Deposits  

  $ 

  $ 

2012   
3,980   
825   

  $ 

2011   
3,648   
940   

  $ 

2010   
3,078   
1,050   

  $ 

2009   
2,472   
876   

  $ 

64   
65   
75   
204   

(231 ) 
(169 ) 
(108 ) 
(508 ) 
(304 ) 
4,501   
  $ 
0.10 %      
1.35 %      

1   
49   
49   
99   

(304 ) 
(166 ) 
(237 ) 
(707 ) 
(608 ) 
3,980   
  $ 
0.21 %      
1.31 %      

55   
36   
19   
110   

(385 ) 
(157 ) 
(48 ) 
(590 ) 
(480 ) 
3,648   
  $ 
0.18 %      
1.28 %      

-  
20   
3   
23   

(74 ) 
(134 ) 
(85 ) 
(293 ) 
(270 ) 
3,078   

  $ 
0.11 %      
1.17 %      

2008   
1,703   
820   

17   
30   
-  
47   

(46 ) 
(52 ) 
-  
(98 ) 
(51 ) 
2,472   

0.02 % 
0.99 % 

The  Company’s  deposit  base  is  drawn  from  eight  full-service  offices  in  its  market  area.  The  deposit  base  consists  of  demand  deposits,  money  management  and  money  market 
deposit accounts, savings, and time deposits. During 2012, 59% of the Company's average deposit base of $387.6 million consisted of core deposits.  Core deposits, which exclude 
time deposits, are considered to be more stable and provide the Company with a lower cost source of funds than time deposits.  The Company will continue to emphasize retail core 
deposits by maintaining its network of full service offices and providing depositors with a full range of deposit product offerings.  In addition, Pathfinder Commercial Bank, our 
commercial bank subsidiary, seeks business growth by focusing on its local identification and service excellence within the municipal deposit marketplace.  

Average deposits increased $44.0 million, or 12.8%, when compared to 2011.  The increase in average deposits primarily related to a $1.9 million increase in the average balance of 
municipal deposits and a $43.1 million increase in retail deposits, the latter due largely to the increase in CDARS deposits to fund the Company’s loan growth objectives.  

At December 31, 2012, time deposits in excess of $100,000 totaled $85.1 million, or 52% of time deposits and 22% of total deposits.  At December 31, 2011, these deposits totaled 
$69.6 million, or 45% of time deposits and 19% of total deposits.  

The following table indicates the amount of the Company’s certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more by time remaining until maturity as of December 31, 2012:  

(In thousands)  
Remaining Maturity:  
Three months or less  
Three through six months  
Six through twelve months  
Over twelve months  
    Total  

  $ 

  $ 

35,406   
12,029   
18,768   
18,942   
85,145   

Page 33 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
  
     
  
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 

Borrowings  

Short-term borrowings are comprised primarily of advances and overnight borrowing at the FHLBNY.  At December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 there were $9.0 million and 
$0 million, respectively, in short-term borrowings outstanding.  

The following table represents information regarding short-term borrowings during 2012, 2011 and 2010:  

(Dollars in thousands)  
Maximum outstanding at any month end  
Average amount outstanding during the year  
Average interest rate during the year  

  $ 

2012   
14,085   
5,781   
0.45 %      

  $ 

2011   
11,106   
5,371   

  $ 

0.50 %      

2010   
13,000   
745   
0.47 % 

Long-term borrowed funds consist of advances and repurchase agreements from the FHLBNY and CitiGroup and junior subordinated debentures associated with our outstanding 
Trust Preferred Securities.  Long-term borrowed funds and junior subordinated debentures totaled $31.1 million at December 31, 2012 as compared to $31.2 million at December 31, 
2011.  

Capital  

Shareholders' equity at December 31, 2012, was $40.7 million as compared to $37.8 million at December 31, 2011.  The Company added $2.6 million to retained earnings through 
net income and a reduction in accumulated other comprehensive loss of $1.3 million.  The latter was due to a $494,000 increase in unrealized holding gains on available-for-sale 
securities and the financial derivative, the pension plan curtailment of $1.2 million, and the amortization of prior period actuarial losses of $237,000, offset by the net change in 
current year actuarial net loss in the retirement plans of $536,000, all net of tax.  Offsetting these increases were preferred stock and common stock dividends declared of $750,000, 
and the cost of the Company’s repurchase of the warrants from the U.S. Treasury (detailed in the Company’s 2012 1 st quarter 10-Q filing on March 14, 2012) of $537,000.  

Risk-based capital provides the basis for which all banks are evaluated in terms of capital adequacy.  Capital adequacy is evaluated primarily by the use of ratios which measure 
capital against total assets, as well as against total assets that are weighted based on defined risk characteristics.  The Company’s goal is to support growth and expansion activities, 
while maintaining a strong capital position and exceeding regulatory standards.  At December 31, 2012, the Bank exceeded all regulatory required minimum capital ratios and met 
the regulatory definition of a “well-capitalized” institution, i.e. a leverage capital ratio exceeding 5%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio exceeding 6% and a total risk-based capital ratio 
exceeding 10%.  As a result of the Dodd-Frank Act, the Company’s ability to raise new capital through the use of trust preferred securities may be limited because these securities 
will no longer be included in Tier 1 capital.  In addition, our ability to generate or originate additional revenue producing assets may be constrained in the future in order to comply 
with anticipated heightened capital standards required by state and federal regulation. See Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements for further discussion on regulatory capital 
requirements.  

LIQUIDITY  

Liquidity management involves the Company’s ability to generate cash or otherwise obtain funds at reasonable rates to support asset growth, meet deposit withdrawals, maintain 
reserve requirements, and otherwise operate the Company on an ongoing basis.  The Company's primary sources of funds are deposits, borrowed funds, amortization and prepayment 
of loans and maturities of investment securities and other short-term investments, and earnings and funds provided from operations.  While scheduled principal repayments on loans 
are a relatively predictable source of funds, deposit flows and loan prepayments are greatly influenced by general interest rates, economic conditions and competition.  The Company 
manages the pricing of deposits to maintain a desired deposit balance.  In addition, the Company invests excess funds in short-term interest-earning and other assets, which provide 
liquidity to meet lending requirements.  

Page 34 

   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 

The  Company's  liquidity has  been  enhanced  by  its  ability  to borrow from  the Federal  Home Loan  Bank  of  New  York,  whose  competitive advance  programs and  lines of  credit 
provide the Company with a safe, reliable, and convenient source of funds.  A significant decrease in deposits in the future could result in the Company having to seek other sources 
of funds for liquidity purposes.  Such sources could include, but are not limited to, additional borrowings, brokered deposits, negotiated time deposits, the sale of "available-for-sale" 
investment securities, the sale of securitized loans, or the sale of whole loans.  Such actions could result in higher interest expense costs and/or losses on the sale of securities or 
loans.  

For the year ended 2012, as indicated in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows, the Company reported net cash flows from financing activities of $33.2 million generated by 
increased  balances  of  demand  and  savings  deposits,  money  market  deposit  accounts,  certificates  of  deposits,  brokered  deposits,  and  short-term  borrowings.  Additionally,  $2.7 
million was provided through operating activities.  This was invested in available-for-sale investment securities of $7.8 million, net, and net increase in loan outstandings of $29.8 
million.  As a recurring source of liquidity, the Company’s investment securities provided $26.3 million in proceeds from maturities and principal reductions for the year ended 2012. 

The Company has a number of existing credit facilities available to it.  Total credit available under the existing lines is approximately $105.4 million.  At December 31, 2012, the 
Company had $34.0 million outstanding under existing credit facilities with $71.4 million available.  

The Asset Liability Management Committee of the Company is responsible for implementing the policies and guidelines for the maintenance of prudent levels of liquidity.  As of 
December 31, 2012, management reported to the Board of Directors that the Company is in compliance with its liquidity policy guidelines.  

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS  

The  Company  is  also a party to financial instruments  with  off-balance sheet risk  in  the  normal course  of business to  meet  the  financing needs  of  its customers.  These  financial 
instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit.  At December 31, 2012, the Company had $45.6 million in outstanding commitments to extend credit 
and standby letters of credit.  See Note 16 in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.  

ITEM 7A: QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK  

Not required of a smaller reporting company.  

Page 35 

   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Table of Contents 

ITEM 8 : FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA  

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements  
Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.  

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting  
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm  
Consolidated Statements of Condition – December 31, 2012 and 2011  
Consolidated Statements of Income – Years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011  
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income – Years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011  
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity – Years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows – Years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  

Page  
37  
38  
39  
40  
41  
42  
43  
45  

Page 36 

 
 
 
   
   
 
  
  
Table of Contents 

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING  

The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-
15(f) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. 
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree 
of compliance with policies or procedures may deteriorate. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed under the supervision of the Company’s 
principal  executive  officer  and  principal  financial  officer  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  the  Company’s 
financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles.  

Under the supervision and with the participation of management, including the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer, the Company conducted an 
evaluation  of  the  effectiveness  of  its  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  based  on  the  framework  in  Internal  Control  –  Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of 
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on its evaluation under that framework, management concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial 
reporting  was effective  as  of  December 31,  2012.  In  addition,  based  on  our  assessment,  management has  determined  that  there  were  no  material  weaknesses  in  the  Company’s 
internal controls over financial reporting.  

This annual report does not include an attestation report of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting pursuant 
to the rules of the Dodd-Frank Act that exempts the Company from such attestation and requires only management’s report.  

/s/ Thomas W. Schneider  

Thomas W. Schneider  
President & Chief Executive Officer  

Oswego, New York  
March 18, 2013  

/s/ James A. Dowd  

   James A. Dowd  
   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer  

Page 37 

 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
  
     
     
     
   
   
     
  
   
     
     
     
     
     
  
Table of Contents 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of  
Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.  
Oswego, New York  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm  

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of condition of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 and the 
related  consolidated  statements  of  income,  comprehensive  income,  changes  in  shareholders’  equity  and  cash  flows  for  each  of  the  years  then  ended.  Pathfinder  Bancorp,  Inc.’s 
management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.  

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the 
audit  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  consolidated  financial  statements  are  free  of  material  misstatement.  The  Company  is  not  required  to  have,  nor  were  we 
engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit 
procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. 
Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements, 
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits 
provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.  

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries as of 
December 31, 2012 and 2011 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in 
the United States of America.  

/s/ BONADIO & CO., LLP  

Syracuse, New York  
March 18, 2013  

Page 38 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
  
Table of Contents 

PATHFINDER BANCORP, INC.  
CONS OLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CONDITION  

(In thousands, except share data)  
ASSETS:  

Cash and due from banks  
Interest earning deposits  

Total cash and cash equivalents  

Interest earning time deposits  
Investment securities, at fair value  
Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost  
Loans  
Less: Allowance for loan losses  

Loans receivable, net  

Premises and equipment, net  
Accrued interest receivable  
Foreclosed real estate  
Goodwill  
Bank owned life insurance  
Other assets  

Total assets  

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:  

Deposits:  

Interest-bearing  
Noninterest-bearing  
Total deposits  
Short-term borrowings  
Long-term borrowings  
Junior subordinated debentures  
Accrued interest payable  
Other liabilities  

Total liabilities  

Shareholders' equity:  
Preferred stock - SBLF, par value $0.01 per share; $1,000 liquidation preference;  

13,000 shares authorized; 13,000 shares issued and outstanding  

Common stock, par value $0.01; authorized 10,000,000 shares;  

2,980,469 and 2,979,969 shares issued and 2,618,182 and 2,617,682  
    shares outstanding, respectively  

Additional paid in capital  
Retained earnings  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss  
Unearned ESOP  
Treasury stock, at cost; 362,287 shares  

Total shareholders' equity  
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.  

Page 39 

December 31,   
2012   

   December 31,   
2011   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

6,435   
2,230   
8,665   
2,000   
108,339   
1,929   
333,748   
4,501   
329,247   
10,108   
1,717   
426   
3,840   
8,046   
3,479   
477,796   

347,892   
43,913   
391,805   
9,000   
25,964   
5,155   
140   
4,985   
437,049   

6,993   
3,225   
10,218   
2,000   
100,395   
1,528   
304,750   
3,980   
300,770   
10,697   
1,685   
536   
3,840   
7,939   
3,372   
442,980   

328,976   
37,153   
366,129   
-  
26,074   
5,155   
145   
7,636   
405,139   

13,000   

13,000   

30   
8,120   
26,685   
(1,318 ) 
(936 ) 
(4,834 ) 
40,747   
477,796   

  $ 

30   
8,730   
24,618   
(2,664 ) 
(1,039 ) 
(4,834 ) 
37,841   
442,980   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

 
   
 
   
  
  
   
  
  
     
        
  
  
  
  
  
     
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
     
          
    
     
          
    
     
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
    
     
          
    
    
    
     
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
     
          
    
     
          
    
  
Table of Contents 

PATH FINDER BANCORP, INC.  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME  

(In thousands, except per share data)  
Interest and dividend income:  
Loans, including fees  
Debt securities:  
Taxable  
Tax-exempt  

Dividends  
Interest earning time deposits  
Federal funds sold and interest earning deposits  
       Total interest income  
Interest expense:  
Interest on deposits  
Interest on short-term borrowings  
Interest on long-term borrowings  
       Total interest expense  
          Net interest income  
Provision for loan losses  
          Net interest income after provision for loan losses  
Noninterest income:  
Service charges on deposit accounts  
Earnings and gain on bank owned life insurance  
Loan servicing fees  
Net gains on sales and redemptions of investment securities  
Net gains (losses) on sales of loans and foreclosed real estate  
Debit card interchange fees  
Other charges, commissions & fees  
          Total noninterest income  
Noninterest expense:  
Salaries and employee benefits  
Building occupancy  
Data processing  
Professional and other services  
Advertising  
FDIC assessments  
Audits and exams  
Other expenses  
          Total noninterest expenses  
Income before income taxes  
Provision for income taxes  
Net income  
Preferred stock dividends and discount accretion  
Net income available to common shareholders  

Earnings per common share - basic  
Earnings per common share - diluted  
Dividends per common share  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.  

Page 40 

Years ended  

December 31, 
2012   

December 31, 
2011   

  $ 

16,082   

  $ 

15,988   

1,762   
728   
165   
24   
4   
18,765   

2,896   
26   
986   
3,908   
14,857   
825   
14,032   

1,112   
309   
211   
375   
61   
426   
569   
3,063   

7,496   
1,427   
1,437   
654   
453   
311   
248   
1,492   
13,518   
3,577   
929   
2,648   
449   
2,199   

0.88   
0.87   
0.12   

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

2,080   
378   
152   
2   
4   
18,604   

3,236   
27   
1,078   
4,341   
14,263   
940   
13,323   

1,131   
224   
196   
791   
(50 ) 
369   
531   
3,192   

7,076   
1,395   
1,398   
681   
437   
390   
162   
1,609   
13,148   
3,367   
1,044   
2,323   
1,003   
1,320   

0.53   
0.52   
0.12   

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

 
 
   
 
   
  
     
        
  
  
  
  
     
        
  
  
     
        
  
  
  
    
  
    
   
  
  
  
  
     
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
     
          
    
   
     
          
    
        
    
  
Table of Contents 

(In thousands)  

Net Income  

Other Comprehensive income (loss)  

Retirement Plans:  

PATHFINDER BANCORP INC.  
CONSO LIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME  

Retirement plan net losses recognized in plan expenses  
Gain on pension plan curtailment and additional plan losses  not recognized in plan expenses  

Net unrealized gains (loss) on retirement plans  

Unrealized holding gain (loss) on financial derivative:  

Change in unrealized holding loss on financial derivative  
Reclassification adjustment for interest expense included in net income  

Net unrealized gain (loss) on financial derivative  

Unrealized holding gains on available-for-sale securities:  
Unrealized holding gains arising during the period  
Reclassification adjustment for net gains included in net income  

Net unrealized gains on securities available-for-sale  

Other comprehensive income (loss), before tax  
Tax effect  
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax  
Comprehensive Income  

Tax Effect Allocated to Each Component of Other Comprehensive Income  
Retirement plan net losses recognized in plan expenses  
Gain on pension plan curtailment and additional net losses not recognized in plan expenses  
Change in unrealized holding loss on financial derivative  
Reclassification adjustment for interest expense included in net income  
Unrealized holding gains arising during the period  
Reclassification adjustment for net gains included in net income  
Income tax effect related to other comprehensive income  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.  

Page 41 

Years Ended  

December 31, 
2012   

December 31, 
2011   

  $ 

2,648   

  $ 

2,323   

395   
1,025   
1,420   

(53 ) 
58   
5   

1,192   
(375 ) 
817   

2,242   
(896 ) 
1,346   
3,994   

(158 ) 
(410 ) 
21   
(23 ) 
(476 ) 
150   
(896 ) 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

267   
(2,899 ) 
(2,632 ) 

(151 ) 
61   
(90 ) 

2,306   
(791 ) 
1,515   

(1,207 ) 
482   
(725 ) 
1,598   

(107 ) 
1,159   
60   
(24 ) 
(922 ) 
316   
482   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

   
 
 
   
   
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
        
  
  
     
          
    
     
          
    
  
     
          
    
     
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
     
          
    
     
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
     
          
    
     
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
     
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
     
          
    
     
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 

 (In thousands, except share data)  
 Balance, January 1, 2012  
 Comprehensive income:  
 Net income  
 Other comprehensive income, 

net of tax:  

 Unrealized gains on securities       

 available for sale (net of 

$326 tax expense)  

 Unrealized gains on financial        

 derivative (net of $2 tax 

expense)  

 Retirement plan net losses  

 recognized in plan expenses       
 (net of $158 tax expense)  
 Defined benefit plan freeze  
 net of losses not recognized  
 in plan expenses (net of 

$410 tax expense)  

 Total comprehensive 

income  

 Purchase of CPP Warrants from 

Treasury  

 Preferred stock dividends - 

SBLF  

 ESOP shares earned (11,645 

shares)  

 Stock based compensation  
 Stock options exercised  
 Common stock dividends 

declared ($0.12 per share)  
 Balance, December 31, 2012  

 Balance, January 1, 2011  
 Comprehensive income:  
 Net income  
 Other comprehensive income 

(loss), net of tax:  

  $ 

  $ 

 Unrealized gains on securities       

 available for sale (net of 

$607 tax expense)  

 Unrealized loss on financial  
 derivative (net of $36 tax 

benefit)  

 Retirement plan net losses  

 recognized in plan expenses       
 (net of $1,053 tax benefit)  
 Total comprehensive 

PATHFINDER BANCORP, INC.  
CONSO LIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY  
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2012 AND DECEMBER 31, 2011  

Preferred   
Stock   
13,000   

  $ 

Common   
Stock   
30   

  $ 

  $ 

Paid in   
Capital   
8,730   

  $ 

Retained   
Earnings   
24,618   

   Additional         

   Accumulated         
   Other Com-        
prehensive   
Loss   
(2,664 ) 

  $ 

  $ 

Unearned   
ESOP   
(1,039 ) 

  $ 

Treasury         
Stock   
(4,834 ) 

  $ 

2,648         

491         

3         

237         

615         

169         

(449 )       

(706 ) 

11         
79         
6         

103         

13,000   

  $ 

30   

  $ 

8,120   

  $ 

(301 ) 
26,685   

  $ 

(1,318 ) 

  $ 

(936 ) 

  $ 

(4,834 ) 

  $ 

6,225   

  $ 

30   

  $ 

8,615   

  $ 

24,163   

  $ 

(1,939 ) 

  $ 

-  

  $ 

(6,502 ) 

  $ 

30,592   

2,323         

908         

(54 )       

(1,579 )       

income  

 Sale of preferred stock - SBLF  
 Redemption of CPP Preferred 

stock  

 Preferred stock discount 

accretion  

 Preferred stock dividends - CPP 

and SBLF  

 Sale of treasury stock to ESOP  
 ESOP shares earned (7,105 

shares)  

 Stock based compensation  
 Stock options exercised  
 Common stock dividends 

declared ($0.12 per share)  
 Balance, December 31, 2011  

13,000         

(6,771 )       

546         

(546 )       

(457 )       
(566 )       

2         
47         
66         

(1,102 ) 

1,668   

63         

  $ 

13,000   

  $ 

30   

  $ 

8,730   

  $ 

(299 ) 
24,618   

  $ 

(2,664 ) 

  $ 

(1,039 ) 

  $ 

(4,834 ) 

  $ 

  The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.  

Page 42 

Total   
37,841   

2,648   

491   

3   

237   

615   

3,994   

(537 ) 

(449 ) 

114   
79   
6   

(301 ) 
40,747   

2,323   

908   

(54 ) 

(1,579 ) 

1,598   
13,000   

(6,771 ) 

-  

(457 ) 
-  

65   
47   
66   

(299 ) 
37,841   

 
 
 
   
   
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
  
  
     
        
        
        
  
        
        
  
  
     
        
  
  
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
          
          
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
     
          
          
    
    
          
          
    
    
     
          
          
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
          
          
          
    
    
          
          
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
    
    
          
    
    
          
          
          
    
    
          
          
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
    
    
          
    
    
     
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
    
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
    
     
          
          
          
    
    
          
    
    
     
          
          
          
    
    
          
          
          
    
     
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
    
     
          
          
          
    
    
          
    
    
     
          
          
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
          
    
    
    
          
          
    
    
     
          
          
    
    
          
          
    
    
     
          
    
    
          
    
    
    
    
     
          
    
    
          
          
          
    
    
     
          
    
    
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
     
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
    
     
          
          
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
     
          
          
    
    
          
          
    
    
     
          
          
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
          
          
          
    
    
          
          
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
    
    
          
    
    
     
          
          
          
    
    
          
          
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
    
    
          
    
    
     
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
    
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
    
     
          
          
          
    
    
          
    
    
     
          
          
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
          
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
          
    
    
          
          
          
    
    
    
          
    
    
          
          
    
    
     
          
          
    
    
          
          
    
    
     
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
    
    
          
    
    
    
    
     
          
    
    
          
          
          
    
    
     
          
    
    
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 

PATHFINDER BANCORP, INC.  
CON SOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS  

Years Ended December 31,  

(In thousands)  
OPERATING ACTIVITIES  
Net income  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash flows from operating activities:  

Provision for loan losses  
Deferred income tax (benefit) expense  
Proceeds from sales of loans  
Originations of loans held-for-sale  
Realized (gains) losses on sales and redemptions of:  

Real estate acquired through foreclosure  
Loans  
Available-for-sale investment securities  

Depreciation  
Amortization of mortgage servicing rights  
Amortization of deferred loan costs  
Earnings on bank owned life insurance  
Realized gain on proceeds from bank owned life insurance  
Net amortization of premiums and discounts on investment securities  
Stock based compensation and ESOP expense  
Net change in accrued interest receivable  
Pension plan contribution  
Net change in other assets and liabilities  

Net cash flows from operating activities  

INVESTING ACTIVITIES  
Purchase of interest earning time deposits  
Purchase of investment securities available-for-sale  
(Purchases) redemptions of Federal Home Loan Bank stock  
Proceeds from maturities and principal reductions of  

investment securities available-for-sale  
Proceeds from sales and redemptions of:  

Available-for-sale investment securities  
Real estate acquired through foreclosure  
Premises and equipment  

Purchase of bank owned life insurance  
Proceeds from bank owned life insurance  
Net change in loans  
Purchase of premises and equipment  

Net cash flows from investing activities  

FINANCING ACTIVITIES  
Net change in demand deposits, NOW accounts, savings accounts,  

money management deposit accounts, MMDA accounts and escrow deposits  

Net change in time deposits and brokered deposits  
Net change in short-term borrowings  
Payments on long-term borrowings  
Proceeds from long-term borrowings  
Proceeds from sale of preferred stock - SBLF  

Page 43 

2012   

  $ 

2,648   

  $ 

825   
(276 ) 
212   
(195 ) 

(44 ) 
(17 ) 
(375 ) 
781   
7   
160   
(272 ) 
(37 ) 
1,053   
193   
(32 ) 
(2,600 ) 
735   
2,766   

-  
(50,662 ) 
(401 ) 

26,346   

16,511   
470   
-  
-  
202   
(29,819 ) 
(192 ) 
(37,545 ) 

15,700   
9,976   
9,000   
(4,110 ) 
4,000   
-  

2011   

2,323   

940   
1,193   
-  
-  

50   
-  
(791 ) 
723   
27   
160   
(224 ) 
-  
614   
112   
24   
-  
(1,141 ) 
4,010   

(2,000 ) 
(60,641 ) 
606   

32,172   

15,091   
750   
5   
(800 ) 
-  
(20,985 ) 
(1,993 ) 
(37,795 ) 

42,410   
(2,783 ) 
(13,000 ) 
(6,000 ) 
4,074   
13,000   

 
   
 
  
     
        
  
  
  
  
     
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
        
  
     
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
    
    
    
     
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
    
     
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 

Proceeds from exercise of stock options  
Redemption of preferred stock - CPP  
Purchase of CPP warrants from the US Treasury  
Cash dividends paid to preferred shareholder - SBLF and CPP  
Cash dividends paid to common shareholders  

Net cash flows from financing activities  

Change in cash and cash equivalents  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period  
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period  
CASH PAID DURING THE PERIOD FOR:  

Interest  
Income taxes  

NON-CASH INVESTING ACTIVITY  

Real Estate acquired in exchange for loans  

Repossessed assets acquired in exchange for loans  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.  

Page 44 

5   
-  
(537 ) 
(507 ) 
(301 ) 
33,226   
(1,553 ) 
10,218   
8,665   

3,913   
403   

357   
-  

  $ 

  $ 

66      
(6,771 )    
-     
(457 )    
(299 )    
30,240      
(3,545 )    
13,763      
10,218      

4,344      
1,507      

1,083      
258      

  $ 

  $ 

 
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
        
       
       
    
    
       
       
       
    
    
    
    
  
     
             
    
           
    
  
Table of Contents 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

NOTE 1: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  

Nature of Operations  

The  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  Pathfinder  Bancorp,  Inc.  (the  “Company”)  and  its  wholly  owned  subsidiary,  Pathfinder  Bank  (the 
“Bank”). The  Bank has four wholly owned operating subsidiaries, Pathfinder Commercial  Bank, Pathfinder Risk Management, Inc.,  Pathfinder REIT, Inc. and Whispering  Oaks 
Development Corp. All significant inter-company accounts and activity have been eliminated in consolidation.  The Company has seven offices located in Oswego County and a new 
branch, which opened for business on February 1, 2011 in northern Onondaga County.  The Company is primarily engaged in the business of attracting deposits from the general 
public in the Company’s market area, and investing such deposits, together with other sources of funds, in loans secured by one-to-four family residential real estate, commercial real 
estate, business assets and in investment securities.  

Pathfinder  Bancorp,  M.H.C.,  (the  “Holding  Company”)  a  mutual  holding  company  whose  activity  is  not  included  in  the  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements,  owns 
approximately 60.5% of the outstanding common stock of the Company.  

Use of Estimates in the Preparation of Consolidated Financial Statements  

The  preparation  of  consolidated  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the  United  States  of  America  requires  management  to  make 
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the 
reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.  Management has identified the allowance for loan losses, 
deferred  income taxes, pension obligations,  the  evaluation of  goodwill for impairment and  the  evaluation of  investment  securities  for other  than temporary impairment to be the 
accounting areas that require the most subjective and complex judgments, and as such, could be the most subject to revision as new information becomes available.  

The Company is subject to the regulations of various governmental agencies.  The Company also undergoes periodic examinations by the regulatory agencies which may subject it to 
further  changes  with  respect  to  asset  valuations,  amounts  of  required  loss  allowances,  and  operating  restrictions  resulting  from  the  regulators'  judgments  based  on  information 
available to them at the time of their examinations.  

Significant Group Concentrations of Credit Risk  

Most of the Company’s activities are with customers located primarily in Oswego and Onondaga counties of New York State.  A large portion of the Company’s portfolio is centered 
in  residential  and  commercial  real  estate.   The  Company  closely  monitors  real  estate  collateral  values  and  requires  additional  reviews  of  commercial  real  estate  appraisals  by  a 
qualified third party for commercial real estate loans in excess of $400,000.  Note 4 discusses the types of securities that the Company invests in.  Note 5 discusses the types of 
lending that the Company engages in.  The Company does not have any significant concentrations to any one industry or customer.  

Advertising  

The Company follows the policy of charging the costs of advertising to expense as incurred.  

Page 45 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Table of Contents 

Cash and Cash Equivalents  

Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, amounts due from banks and interest-bearing deposits (with original maturity of three months or less).  

Investment Securities  

The Company classifies investment securities as available-for-sale.  Available-for-sale securities are reported at fair value, with net unrealized gains and losses reflected as a separate 
component of shareholders’ equity, net of the applicable income tax effect. None of the Company’s investment securities have been classified as trading or held-to-maturity.  

Gains or losses on investment security transactions are based on the amortized cost of the specific securities sold.  Premiums and discounts on securities are amortized and accreted 
into income using the interest method over the period to maturity.  

Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements includes additional information about the Company’s accounting policies with respect to the impairment of investment securities.  

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock  

Federal law requires a member institution of the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) system to hold stock of its district FHLB according to a predetermined formula.  The stock is 
carried at cost.  

Mortgage Loans Held-for-Sale  

Mortgage loans held-for-sale are carried at the lower of cost or fair value.  Fair value is determined in the aggregate.  There were no loans held-for-sale or forward commitments 
outstanding as of December 31, 2012 and 2011.  

Transfers of Financial Assets  

Transfers of financial assets, including sales of loans and loan participations, are accounted for as sales when control over the assets has been surrendered.  Control over transferred 
assets is deemed to be surrendered when (1) the assets have been isolated from the Company, (2) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking 
advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (3) the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to 
repurchase them before their maturity.  

Loans  

The Company grants mortgage, commercial, municipal, and consumer loans to customers.  Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until 
maturity or pay-off are stated at their outstanding unpaid principal balances, less the allowance for loan losses plus net deferred loan origination costs. The ability of the Company’s 
debtors to honor their contracts is dependent upon the real estate and general economic conditions in the market area.  Interest income is generally recognized when income is earned 
using the interest method. Nonrefundable loan fees received and related direct origination costs incurred are deferred and amortized over the life of the loan using the interest method, 
resulting in a constant effective yield over the loan term. Deferred fees are recognized into income and deferred costs are charged to income immediately upon prepayment of the 
related loan.  

Page 46 

   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Table of Contents 

The loans receivable portfolio is segmented into residential mortgage, commercial and consumer loans.  The residential mortgage segment consists of one-to-four family first-lien 
residential  mortgages  and  construction  loans.  Commercial  loans  consist  of  the  following  classes:  real  estate,  other  commercial  and  industrial,  lines  of  credit  and  municipal 
loans.  Consumer loans include both home equity lines of credit and loans with junior liens and other consumer loans.  

Allowance for Loan Losses  

The allowance for loan losses represents management’s estimate of losses inherent in the loan portfolio as of the date of the statement of condition and it is recorded as a reduction of 
loans.  The  allowance  is  increased  by  the  provision  for  loan  losses,  and  decreased  by  charge-offs,  net  of  recoveries.  Loans  deemed  to  be  uncollectible  are  charged  against  the 
allowance for loan losses, and subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance.  All, or part, of the principal balance of loans receivable are charged off to the allowance 
as soon as it is determined that the repayment of all, or part, of the principal balance is highly unlikely.  Non-residential consumer loans are generally charged off no later than 120 
days past due on a contractual basis, unless productive collection efforts are providing results.  Consumer loans may be charged off earlier in the event of bankruptcy, or if there is an 
amount that is deemed uncollectible.  No portion of the allowance for loan losses is restricted to any individual loan and the entire allowance is available to absorb any and all loan 
losses.  

The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level considered adequate to provide for losses that can be reasonably anticipated.  Management performs a quarterly evaluation of 
the adequacy of the allowance.  The allowance is based on the Company’s past loan loss experience, known and inherent risks in the portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the 
borrower’s  ability  to  repay,  the  estimated  value  of  any  underlying  collateral,  composition  of  the  loan  portfolio,  current  economic  conditions  and  other  relevant  factors.  This 
evaluation is inherently subjective, as it requires material estimates that may be susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available.  

The  allowance  consists  of  specific,  general  and  unallocated  components.  The  specific  component  relates  to  loans  that  are  classified  as  impaired.  For  loans  that  are  classified 
impaired, an allowance is established when the discounted cash flows or collateral value of the impaired loan are lower than the carrying value of that loan.  

The  general  component  covers  pools  of  loans,  by  loan  class,  not  considered  impaired,  smaller  balance  homogenous  loans,  such  as  residential  real  estate,  home  equity  and  other 
consumer loans.  These pools of loans are evaluated for loss exposure first based on historical loss rates for each of these categories of loans. The ratio of net charge-offs to loan 
outstandings  within  each  product  segment,  over  the  most  recent  eight  quarters,  lagged  by  one  quarter,  are  used  to  generate  the  historical  loss  rates.  In  addition,  qualitative  or 
environmental factors are added to the historical loss rates in arriving at the total allowance for loan loss need.  These factors include:  

(cid:3)   Lending policies and procedures, including underwriting standards and collection, charge-off and recovery practices  
(cid:3)   National, regional and local economic and business conditions  
(cid:3)   Nature and volume of the portfolio  
(cid:3)   Experience, ability and depth of the lending management and staff  
(cid:3)   Volume and severity of past due, classified and non-accrual loans  

Each factor is assigned a value to reflect improving, stable or declining conditions based on management’s best judgment using relevant information available at the time of the 
evaluation.  Adjustments  to  the  factors  are  supported  through  documentation  of  changes  in  conditions  in  a  narrative  accompanying  the  allowance  for  loan  loss  analysis  and 
calculation.  

Page 47 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Table of Contents 

An unallocated component is maintained to cover uncertainties that could affect management’s estimate of probable losses.  The unallocated component of the allowance reflects the 
margin of imprecision inherent in the underlying assumptions used in the methodologies for estimating specific and general losses in the portfolio and generally comprises less than 
10% of the total allowance for loan loss.  

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest 
when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement.  Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value and the 
probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due.  Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified 
as impaired.  Management determines the significance of payment delays and shortfalls on a case-by case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the 
loan and the borrower, including the length and reason for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record and the amount of shortfall in relation to what is owed.  Impairment is 
measured  by  either  the  present  value  of  the  expected  future  cash  flows  discounted  at  the  loan’s  effective  interest  rate  or  the  fair  value  of  the  underlying  collateral  if  the  loan  is 
collateral dependent.  

An allowance for loan loss is established for an impaired loan if its carrying value exceeds its estimated fair value.  The estimated fair values of substantially all of the Company’s 
impaired loans are measured based on the estimated fair value of the loan’s collateral.  For loans secured by real estate, estimated fair values are determined primarily through third-
party appraisals.  When a real estate secured loan becomes impaired, a decision is made regarding whether an updated certified appraisal of the real estate is necessary.  This decision 
is based on various considerations, including the age of the most recent appraisal, the loan-to-value ratio based on the original appraisal, and the condition of the property.  Appraised 
values are discounted to arrive at the estimated selling price of the collateral, which is considered to be the estimated fair value.  The discounts also include estimated costs to sell the 
property.  

For commercial and industrial loans secured by non-real estate collateral, such as accounts receivable, inventory and equipment, estimated fair values are determined based on the 
borrower’s financial statements, inventory reports, account receivable agings or equipment appraisals or invoices.  Indications of value from these sources are generally discounted 
based on the age of the financial information or the quality of the assets.  

Large groups of homogeneous loans are collectively evaluated for impairment.  Accordingly, the Company does not separately identify individual residential mortgage loans less 
than $300,000, home equity and other consumer loans for impairment disclosures, unless such loans are related to borrowers with impaired commercial loans or they are the subject 
to a troubled debt restructuring agreement for those with a carrying value in excess of $100,000.  

Loans  whose  terms  are  modified  are  classified  as  troubled  debt  restructurings  if  the  Company  grants  such  borrowers  concessions  and  it  is  deemed  that  those  borrowers  are 
experiencing financial difficulty.  Concessions granted under a troubled debt restructuring generally include but are not limited to a temporary reduction in the interest rate or an 
extension of a loan’s stated maturity date.  Loans classified as troubled debt restructurings with a carrying value in excess of $100,000 are designated as impaired and evaluated as 
discussed above.  

The  allowance  calculation  methodology  includes  further  segregation  of  loan  classes  into  risk  rating  categories.  The  borrower’s  overall  financial  condition,  repayment  sources, 
guarantors and value of the collateral, if appropriate, are evaluated not less then annually for commercial loans or when credit deficiencies arise on all loans.  Credit quality risk 
ratings include regulatory classifications of special mention, substandard, doubtful and loss.  See Note 5 for a description of these regulatory classifications.  

Page 48 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Table of Contents 

In addition, Federal regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Company’s allowance for loan losses and may require the Company 
to recognize additions to the allowance based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination, which may not be currently available to 
management.  Based on management’s comprehensive analysis of the loan portfolio, management believes the current level of the allowance for loan losses is adequate.  

Income Recognition on Impaired and Non-accrual Loans  

For all classes of loans receivable, the accrual of interest is discontinued when the contractual payment of principal or interest has become 90 days past due or management has 
serious doubts about further collectibility of principal or interest, even though the loan may be currently performing.  A loan may remain on accrual status if it is in the process of 
collection and is either guaranteed or well secured.  When a loan is placed on non-accrual status, unpaid interest is reversed and charged to interest income.  Interest received on non-
accrual loans, including impaired loans, generally is either applied against principal or reported as interest income, according to management’s judgment as to the collectibility of 
principal.  Generally, loans are restored to accrual status when the obligation is brought current, has performed in accordance with the contractual terms for a reasonable period of 
time  and  the  ultimate  collectibility  of  the  total  contractual  principal  and  interest  is  no  longer  in  doubt.  Non-accrual  troubled  debt  restructurings  are  restored  to  accrual  status  if 
principal and interest payments, under the modified terms, are current for six consecutive months after modification.  

For non-accrual loans, when future collectability of the recorded loan balance is expected, interest income may be recognized on a cash basis. In the case where a non-accrual loan 
had been partially charged off, recognition of interest on a cash basis is limited to that which would have been recognized on the recorded loan balance at the contractual interest rate. 
Cash interest receipts in excess of that amount are recorded as recoveries to the allowance for loan losses until prior charge-offs have been fully recovered.  

Off-Balance Sheet Credit Related Financial Instruments  

In the ordinary course of business, the Company has entered into commitments to extend credit, including commitments under standby letters of credit.  Such financial instruments 
are recorded when they are funded.  

Premises and Equipment  

Premises  and  equipment  are  stated  at  cost,  less  accumulated  depreciation.  Depreciation  is  computed  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  estimated  useful  lives  of  the  related  assets, 
ranging up to 40 years for premises and 10 years for equipment. Maintenance and repairs are charged to operating expenses as incurred.  The asset cost and accumulated depreciation 
are removed from the accounts for assets sold or retired and any resulting gain or loss is included in the determination of income.  

Foreclosed Real Estate  

Properties acquired through foreclosure, or by deed in lieu of foreclosure, are recorded at their fair value less estimated costs to sell.  Fair value is typically determined based on 
evaluations by third parties.  Costs incurred in connection with preparing the foreclosed real estate for disposition are capitalized to the extent that they enhance the overall fair value 
of the property.  Any write-downs on the asset’s fair value  less  costs  to  sell  at  the  date  of acquisition  are  charged  to the allowance  for  loan  losses.  Subsequent  write downs  and 
expenses of foreclosed real estate are included as a valuation allowance and recorded in noninterest expense.  

Goodwill  

Goodwill represents the excess cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the net assets acquired.  Goodwill is not amortized, but is evaluated annually for impairment.  

Page 49 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
  
Table of Contents 

Mortgage Servicing Rights  

Originated mortgage servicing rights are recorded at their fair value at the time of transfer of the related loans and are amortized in proportion to and over the period of estimated net 
servicing  income  or  loss.  The  carrying  value  of  the  originated  mortgage  servicing  rights  is  periodically  evaluated  for  impairment  or  between  annual  evaluations  under  certain 
circumstances.  

Stock-Based Compensation  

Compensation costs related to share-based payment transactions are recognized based on the grant-date fair value of the stock-based compensation issued. Compensation costs are 
recognized over the period that an employee provides service in exchange for the award.  

Retirement Benefits  

The Company has a non-contributory defined benefit pension plan that covered substantially all employees. On May 14, 2012, the Company informed its employees of its decision to 
freeze participation and benefit accruals under the plan, primarily to reduce some of the volatility in earnings that can accompany the maintenance of a defined benefit plan.  The 
freeze became effective June 30, 2012.  Compensation earned by employees up to June 30, 2012 is used for purposes of calculating benefits under the plan but there will be no future 
benefit accruals after this date.  Participants as of June 30, 2012 will continue to earn vesting credit with respect to their frozen accrued benefits as they continue to work. Pension 
expense under these plans is charged to current operations and consists of several components of net pension cost based on various actuarial assumptions regarding future experience 
under the plans.  

Gains  and  losses,  prior  service  costs  and  credits,  and  any  remaining  transition  amounts  that  have  not  yet  been  recognized  through  net  periodic  benefit  cost  are  recognized  in 
accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax effects, until they are amortized as a component of net periodic cost.  Plan assets and obligations are measured as of the Company’s 
statement of condition date.  

The Company has unfunded deferred compensation and supplemental executive retirement plans for selected current and former employees and officers that provide benefits that 
cannot be paid from a qualified retirement plan due to Internal Revenue Code restrictions. These plans are nonqualified under the Internal Revenue Code, and assets used to fund 
benefit payments are not segregated from other assets of the Company, therefore, in general, a participant's or beneficiary's claim to benefits under these plans is as a general creditor. 

The Company sponsors an Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“ESOP”) covering substantially all full time employees.  The cost of shares issued to the ESOP but not committed to be 
released to the participants is presented in the consolidated statement of condition as a reduction of shareholders’ equity.  ESOP shares are released to the participants proportionately 
as the loan is repaid.  The Company records ESOP compensation expense based on the shares committed to be released and allocated to the participant’s accounts multiplied by the 
average share price of the Company’s stock over the period.  Dividends related to unallocated shares are recorded as compensation expense.  

Derivative Financial Instruments   

Derivatives are recorded on the statement of condition as assets and liabilities measured at their fair value. The accounting for increases and decreases in the value of derivatives 
depends upon the use of derivatives and whether the derivatives qualify for hedge accounting.  The Company currently has one interest rate swap, which has been determined to be a 
cash flow hedge.  The fair value of cash-flow hedging instruments (“Cash Flow Hedge”) is recorded in either other assets or other liabilities. On an ongoing basis, the statement of 
condition is adjusted to reflect the then current fair value of the Cash Flow Hedge. The related gains or losses are reported in other comprehensive income (loss) and are subsequently 
reclassified into earnings, as a yield adjustment in the same period in which the related interest on the hedged item (primarily a variable-rate debt obligation) affect earnings. To the 
extent that the Cash Flow Hedge is not effective, the ineffective portion of the Cash Flow Hedge is immediately recognized as interest expense.  

Page 50 

   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
Table of Contents 

Income Taxes  

Provisions for income taxes are based on taxes currently payable or refundable and deferred income taxes on temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and 
their reported amounts in the consolidated financial statements. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are reported in the consolidated financial statements at currently enacted income tax 
rates applicable to the period in which the deferred tax assets and liabilities are expected to be realized or settled.  

Earnings Per Share  

Basic earnings per common share are computed by dividing net income, after preferred stock dividends and preferred stock discount accretion, by the weighted average number of 
common shares outstanding throughout each year.  Diluted earnings per share gives effect to weighted average shares that would be outstanding assuming the exercise of issued stock 
options  and  warrants  using  the  treasury  stock  method.  Unallocated  shares  of  the  Company’s  ESOP  plan  are  not  included  when  computing  earnings  per  share  until  they  are 
committed to be released.  

Comprehensive Income (Loss)  

Accounting principles generally require that recognized revenue, expenses, gains and losses be included in net income.  Although certain changes in assets and liabilities are reported 
as a separate component of the equity section of the statement of condition, such items, along with net income, are components of comprehensive income.   

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income represents the sum of these items, with the exception of net income, as of the balance sheet date and is represented in the table 
below.  

 (In thousands) 
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss By Component:  
Unrealized loss for pension and other postretirement obligations  
Tax effect  
Net unrealized loss for pension and other postretirement obligations  
Unrealized loss on financial derivative instruments used in cash flow hedging relationships  
Tax effect  
Net unrealized loss on financial derivative instruments used in cash flow hedging relationships  
Unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities  
Tax effect  
Net unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss  

Reclassifications  

  $ 

  $ 

2012   
(4,608 ) 
1,843   
(2,765 ) 
(195 ) 
78   
(117 ) 
2,606   
(1,042 ) 
1,564   
(1,318 ) 

  $ 

As of December 31,  
2011   
(6,029 ) 
2,412   
(3,617 ) 
(200 ) 
80   
(120 ) 
1,789   
(716 ) 
1,073   
(2,664 ) 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

2010   
(605 ) 
242   
(363 ) 
(110 ) 
44   
(66 ) 
(141 ) 
56   
(85 ) 
(514 ) 

Certain amounts in the 2011 consolidated financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.  These reclassifications had no effect on net income 
as previously reported.  

Page 51 

   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 
NOTE 2:  NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS  

No material accounting pronouncements applicable to the Company.  

NOTE 3:  EARNINGS PER SHARE  

Basic  earnings  per  share  are  calculated  by  dividing  net  income  available  to  common  shareholders  by  the  weighted  average  number  of  common  shares  outstanding  during  the 
period.  Net income available to common shareholders is net income less the total of preferred dividends declared and the amortization of the preferred stock discount value under the 
CPP program during 2011.  Diluted earnings per share include the potential dilutive effect that could occur upon the assumed exercise of issued stock options and the warrants issued 
to the U.S. Treasury using the treasury stock method.  Unallocated common shares held by the ESOP are not included in the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding 
for purposes of calculating earnings per common share until they are committed to be released to plan participants.  

The following table sets forth the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share:  

(In thousands, except per share data)  
Basic Earnings Per Common Share  

Net income available to common shareholders  
Weighted average common shares outstanding  

Basic earnings per common share  

Diluted Earnings Per Common Share  

Net income available to common shareholders  
Weighted average common shares outstanding  
Effect of assumed exercise of stock options  
Effect of assumed exercise of stock warrants  
Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding  

Diluted earnings per common share  

Page 52 

Years Ended  
December 31,  
2012   

2,199   
2,504   
0.88   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 
2,199   
2,504         
8   
4   
2,516   
0.87   

  $ 

2011   

1,320   
2,490   
0.53   

1,320   
2,490   
3   
43   
2,536   
0.52   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
        
  
    
    
  
     
          
    
     
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 
NOTE 4: INVESTMENT SECURITIES – AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE  

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of investment securities are summarized as follows:  

(In thousands)  
Debt investment securities:  

US Treasury, agencies and GSEs  
State and political subdivisions  
Corporate  
Residential mortgage-backed - US agency  
Residential mortgage-backed - private label  

Total  

Equity investment securities:  

Mutual funds:  

Ultra short mortgage fund  
Large cap equity fund  
Other mutual funds  

Common stock - financial services industry  

Total  

Total investment securities  

(In thousands)  
Debt investment securities:  

US Treasury, agencies and GSEs  
State and political subdivisions  
Corporate  
Residential mortgage-backed - US agency  
Residential mortgage-backed - private label  

Total  

Equity investment securities:  

Mutual funds:  

Ultra short mortgage fund  
Large cap equity fund  
Other mutual funds  

Common stock - financial services industry  

Total  

Total investment securities  

Amortized   
Cost   

6,175   
26,413   
22,942   
47,113   
296   
102,939   

1,286   
905   
183   
420   
2,794   
105,733   

Amortized   
Cost   

5,025   
19,508   
21,086   
49,665   
505   
95,789   

1,286   
905   
183   
443   
2,817   
98,606   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

December 31, 2012  

Gross   
Unrealized   
Gains   

Gross   
Unrealized   
Losses   

16   
1,065   
468   
1,139   
9   
2,697   

5   
176   
136   
12   
329   
3,026   

  $ 

  $ 

(8 ) 
(7 ) 
(404 ) 
(1 ) 
-  
(420 ) 

-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
(420 ) 

December 31, 2011  

Gross   
Unrealized   
Gains   

Gross   
Unrealized   
Losses   

48   
797   
38   
1,395   
14   
2,292   

12   
119   
60   
2   
193   
2,485   

  $ 

  $ 

-  
(1 ) 
(690 ) 
(4 ) 
-  
(695 ) 

-  
-  
-  
(1 ) 
(1 ) 
(696 ) 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

Estimated   
Fair   
Value   

6,183   
27,471   
23,006   
48,251   
305   
105,216   

1,291   
1,081   
319   
432   
3,123   
108,339   

Estimated   
Fair   
Value   

5,073   
20,304   
20,434   
51,056   
519   
97,386   

1,298   
1,024   
243   
444   
3,009   
100,395   

Page 53 

 
 
   
   
 
   
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
    
     
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
   
     
          
          
          
    
  
     
        
         
        
  
  
     
        
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 
The amortized cost and estimated fair value of debt investments at December 31, 2012 by contractual maturity are shown below. Expected maturities may differ from contractual 
maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without penalties.  

(In thousands)  
Due in one year or less  
Due after one year through five years  
Due after five years through ten years  
Due after ten years  
Mortgage-backed securities  

Totals  

Amortized   
Cost   

Estimated   
Fair Value   

  $ 

  $ 

7,907   
21,527   
8,405   
17,691   
47,409   
102,939   

  $ 

  $ 

7,942   
21,998   
8,790   
17,930   
48,556   
105,216   

The Company’s investment securities’ gross unrealized losses and fair value, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a 
continuous unrealized loss position, is as follows:  

      Less than Twelve Months           

December 31, 2012  
Twelve Months or More  

Total  

   Number of          

      Number of          

      Number of          

Individual        Unrealized       

   Securities        

Losses  

Fair  
Value  

Individual        Unrealized       

      Securities        

Losses  

Fair  
Value  

Individual        Unrealized       

      Securities        

Losses  

Fair  
Value  

(Dollars in thousands)  
US Treasury, agencies and 
GSE's  
State and political 
subdivisions  
Corporate  
Residential mortgage-backed 
- US agency  
Totals  

1   

  $ 

(8 ) 

  $ 

992   

-  

  $ 

-  

  $ 

-  

1   

  $ 

(8 ) 

  $ 

992   

8   
2   

2   
13   

  $ 

(7 ) 
(14 ) 

(1 ) 
(30 ) 

  $ 

2,008   
974   

1,411   
5,385   

-  
2   

-  
2   

-  
(390 ) 

-  
(390 ) 

  $ 

  $ 

-  
1,580   

-  
1,580   

8   
4   

2   
15   

  $ 

(7 ) 
(404 ) 

(1 ) 
(420 ) 

  $ 

2,008   
2,554   

1,411   
6,965   

        Less than Twelve Months           

December 31, 2011  
Twelve Months or More  

Total  

   Number of          

        Number of          

        Number of          

Individual        Unrealized       

   Securities        

Losses  

Fair  
Value  

Individual        Unrealized       

      Securities        

Losses  

Fair  
Value  

Individual        Unrealized       

      Securities        

Losses  

Fair  
Value  

(Dollars in thousands)  
State and political 
subdivisions  
Corporate  
Residential mortgage-backed 
- US agency  
Common stock-financial 
services industry  
Totals  

1   
19   

2   

-  
22   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

(1 ) 
(131 ) 

412   
13,489   

(4 ) 

1,896   

-  
(136 ) 

  $ 

-  
15,797   

-  
2   

-  

1   
3   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

-  
(559 ) 

-  
1,410   

-  

-  

(1 ) 
(560 ) 

  $ 

3   
1,413   

1   
21   

2   

1   
25   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

(1 ) 
(690 ) 

412   
14,899   

(4 ) 

1,896   

(1 ) 
(696 ) 

  $ 

3   
17,210   

The Company conducts a formal review of investment securities on a quarterly basis for the presence of other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”).  The Company assesses whether 
OTTI is present when the fair value of a debt security is less than its amortized cost basis at the statement of condition date.  Under these circumstances, OTTI is considered to have 
occurred (1) if we intend to sell the security; (2) if it is “more likely than not” we will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis; or (3) the present 
value of expected cash flows is not anticipated to be sufficient to recover the entire amortized cost basis.  The guidance requires that credit-related OTTI is recognized in earnings 
while  non-credit-related  OTTI  on  securities  not  expected  to  be  sold  is  recognized  in  other  comprehensive  income  (“OCI”).  Non-credit-related  OTTI  is  based  on  other  factors, 
including illiquidity and changes in the general interest rate environment.  Presentation of OTTI is made in the consolidated statement of income on a gross basis, including both the 
portion recognized in earnings as well as the portion recorded in OCI.  The gross OTTI would then be offset by the amount of non-credit-related OTTI, showing the net as the impact 
on earnings.  

Page 54 

 
 
 
 
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
     
        
        
        
     
        
        
        
  
   
     
     
        
     
  
  
        
        
        
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
     
     
     
  
     
  
  
          
        
        
        
        
        
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
   
     
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
    
   
     
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
    
  
     
          
          
          
       
        
          
          
    
   
     
       
        
       
  
  
          
          
          
    
  
  
     
     
  
  
     
     
     
  
     
    
    
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 
The Company’s investment securities portfolio includes two corporate securities representing trust preferred issuances from large money center financial institutions.  The securities 
have been in an unrealized loss position for more than 12 months.  The securities are both floating rate notes that adjust quarterly to LIBOR (“London Interbank Offered 
Rate”).  These securities are reflecting a net unrealized loss due to current similar offerings being originated at higher spreads to LIBOR, as the market currently demands a greater 
pricing premium for the associated risk. Management has performed a detailed credit analysis on the underlying companies and has concluded that neither issue is credit 
impaired.  Due to the fact that each security has approximately 15 years until final maturity, and management has determined that there is no related credit impairment, the associated 
pricing risk is managed similar to long-term, low yielding, 15 and 30-year fixed rate residential mortgages carried in the Company’s loan portfolio.  The risk is managed through the 
Company’s extensive interest rate risk management procedures.  The Company expects the present value of expected cash flows will be sufficient to recover the amortized cost 
basis.  Thus, the securities are not deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired.  

Management does not believe any individual unrealized loss in other securities within the portfolio as of December 31, 2012 represents OTTI.  All related securities are rated Baa or 
better by Moody’s with the exception of the two corporate securities noted above.  The unrealized losses in the portfolio are primarily attributable to changes in interest rates.  The 
Company does not intend to sell these securities, nor is it more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell these securities prior to the recovery of the amortized cost.  

In determining whether OTTI has occurred for equity securities, the Company considers the applicable factors described above and the length of time the equity security’s fair value 
has  been  below  the  carrying  amount.  Management  has  determined  that  we  have  the  intent  and  ability  to  retain  the  equity  securities  for  a  sufficient  period  of  time  to  allow  for 
recovery. All of the Company’s equity securities had a fair value greater than the book value at December 31, 2012.  

The following table presents a roll-forward of the amount related to credit losses recognized in earnings for the years ended December 31:  

(In thousands)  
Beginning balance – January 1  
Reductions for securities sold  
Ending balance - December 31  

The above credit losses were related to one security that was sold at a small gain during the period ended December 31, 2011.  

Gross realized gains (losses) on sales and redemptions of securities for the years ended December 31 are detailed below:  

(In thousands)  
Realized gains  
Realized losses  

  $ 

   $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

2012   
-  
-  
-      $ 

2012   
397   
(22 ) 
375   

  $ 

  $ 

2011   
875   
(875 ) 
-  

2011   
796   
(5 ) 
791   

As  of  December  31,  2012  and  December  31,  2011,  securities  with  a  fair  value  of  $46.0  million  and  $43.1  million,  respectively,  were  pledged  to  collateralize  certain  municipal 
deposit relationships.  As of the same dates, securities with a fair value of $37.8 million and $21.8 million were pledged against certain borrowing arrangements.  Total borrowings of 
$5.0 million were outstanding relating to the above noted collateralized borrowing arrangements as of both December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011.  

Page 55 

 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
Table of Contents 
Management has reviewed its loan and mortgage-backed securities portfolios and determined that, to the best of its knowledge, little or no exposure exists to sub-prime or other high-
risk residential mortgages.  The Company is not in the practice of investing in, or originating, these types of investments or loans.  

NOTE 5: LOANS  

Major classifications of loans are as follows:  

(In thousands)  
Residential mortgage loans:  

1-4 family first-lien residential mortgages  
Construction  

Total residential mortgage loans  

Commercial loans:  

Real estate  
Lines of credit  
Other commercial and industrial  
Municipal  

Total commercial loans  

Consumer loans:  

Home equity and junior liens  
Other consumer  
Total consumer loans  

Total loans  

Net deferred loan costs  
Less allowance for loan losses  

Loans receivable, net  

December 31,   
2012   

   December 31,   
2011   

  $ 

  $ 

173,955   
2,655   
176,610   

82,329   
13,748   
31,477   
3,588   
131,142   

22,073   
3,469   
25,542   

333,294   
454   
(4,501 ) 
329,247   

  $ 

  $ 

158,384   
3,935   
162,319   

73,420   
13,791   
22,701   
3,619   
113,531   

24,171   
4,140   
28,311   

304,161   
589   
(3,980 ) 
300,770   

The Company originates residential mortgage, commercial and consumer loans largely to customers throughout Oswego, Onondaga, Jefferson, and Oneida counties. Although the 
Company  has  a  diversified  loan portfolio,  a  substantial  portion of  its borrowers’  abilities  to honor their  contracts  is dependent upon the counties’ employment  and economic 
conditions.  

As of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, residential mortgage loans with a carrying value of $58.6 million and $65.8 million, respectively, have been pledged by the 
Company to the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (“FHLBNY”) under a blanket collateral agreement to secure the Company’s line of credit and term borrowings.  

Loan Origination / Risk Management  

The Company has lending policies and procedures in place that are designed to maximize loan income within an acceptable level of risk.  Management and the Board of Directors 
reviews and approves these policies and procedures on a regular basis.  A reporting system supplements the review process by frequently providing management with reports related 
to loan production, loan quality, loan delinquencies, non-performing and potential problem loans.  Diversification in the loan portfolio is a means of managing risk associated with 
fluctuations in economic conditions.  

Page 56 

   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
     
        
  
    
    
    
    
  
     
          
    
     
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
     
          
    
     
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 

Risk Characteristics of Portfolio Segments  

Each portfolio segment generally carries its own unique risk characteristics.  

The residential mortgage loan segment is impacted by general economic conditions, unemployment rates in the Bank’s service area, real estate values and the forward expectation of 
improvement or deterioration in economic conditions.  

The commercial loan segment is impacted by general economic conditions but, more specifically, the industry segment in which each borrower participates.  Unique competitive 
changes within a borrower’s specific industry, or geographic location could cause significant changes in the borrower’s revenue stream, and therefore, impact its ability to repay its 
obligations.  Commercial real estate is also subject to general economic conditions but changes within this segment typically lag changes seen within the consumer and commercial 
segment.  Included within this portfolio are both owner occupied real estate, in which the borrower occupies the majority of the real estate property and upon which the majority of 
the  sources  of  repayment  of  the  obligation  is  dependent  upon,  and  non-owner  occupied  real  estate,  in  which  several  tenants  comprise  the  repayment  source  for  this  portfolio 
segment.  The composition and competitive position of the tenant structure may cause adverse changes in the repayment of debt obligations for the non-owner occupied class within 
this segment.  

The  consumer  loan  segment  is  impacted  by  general  economic  conditions,  unemployment  rates  in  the  Company’s  service  area,  and  the  forward  expectation  of  improvement  or 
deterioration in economic conditions.  

Real  estate  loans,  including  residential  mortgages,  commercial  real  estate  loans  and  home  equity,  comprise  84%  of  the  portfolio  in  2012,  approximately  1%  less  than  the  same 
composition in 2011.  Loans secured by real estate provide the best collateral protection and thus significantly reduce the inherent risk in the portfolio.  

Management has reviewed its loan portfolio and determined that, to the best of its knowledge, little or no exposure exists to sub-prime or other high-risk residential mortgages.  The 
Company is not in the practice of originating these types of loans.  

Description of Credit Quality Indicators  

The  Company  utilizes  an  eight  tier  risk  rating  system  to  evaluate  the  quality  of  its  loan  portfolio.  Loans  that  are  risk  rated  “1”  through  “4”  are  considered  “Pass”  loans.  In 
accordance with regulatory guidelines, loans rated “5” through “8” are termed “criticized” loans and loans rated “6” through “8” are termed “classified” loans.  A description of the 
Company’s credit quality indicators follows.  

For Commercial Loans:  

1.   Prime :  A loan that is fully secured by properly margined Pathfinder Bank deposit account(s) or an obligation of the US Government.  It may also be unsecured if it is 
supported  by  a  very  strong  financial  condition  and,  in  the  case  of  a  commercial  loan,  excellent  management.  There  exists  an  unquestioned  ability  to  repay  the  loan  in 
accordance with its terms.  

2.   Strong :  Desirable  relationship of somewhat  less  stature  than Prime grade.  Possesses a  sound documented  repayment  source, and back  up, which  will allow repayment 
within  the  terms  of  the  loan.  Individual  loans  backed  by  solid  assets,  character  and  integrity.  Ability  of  individual  or  company  management  is  good  and  well 
established.  Probability of serious financial deterioration is unlikely.  

Page 57 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Table of Contents 

3.   Satisfactory :  Stable financial condition with cash flow sufficient for debt service coverage.  Satisfactory loans of average strength having some deficiency or vulnerability 
to  changing  economic  or  industry  conditions  but  performing  as  agreed  with  documented  evidence  of  repayment  capacity.  May  be  unsecured  loans  to  borrowers  with 
satisfactory credit and financial strength.  Satisfactory provisions for management succession and a secondary source of repayment exists.  

4.   Satisfactory  Watch:    A  four  is  not  a  criticized  or  classified  credit.  These  credits  do  not  display  the  characteristics  of  a  criticized  asset  as  defined  by  the  regulatory 
definitions. A credit is given a Satisfactory Watch designation if there are matters or trends observed deserving attention somewhat beyond normal monitoring.  Borrowing 
obligations  may  be  handled  according  to  agreement  but  could  be  adversely  impacted  by  developing  factors  such  as  industry  conditions,  operating  problems,  litigation 
pending of a significant nature or declining collateral quality and adequacy.                                        

5.   Special Mention :  A warning risk grade that portrays one or more weaknesses that may be tolerated in the short term.  Assets in this category are currently protected but are 
potentially  weak.  This  loan  would  not  normally  be  booked  as  a  new  credit,  but  may  have  redeeming  characteristics  persuading  the  Bank  to  continue  working  with  the 
borrower.  Loans  accorded  this  classification  have  potential  weaknesses  which  may,  if  not  checked  or  corrected,  weaken  the  company’s  assets,  inadequately  protect  the 
Bank’s position or effect the orderly, scheduled reduction of the debt at some future time.  

6.   Substandard  :  The  relationship  is  inadequately  protected  by  the  current  net  worth  and  cash  flow  capacity  of  the  borrower,  guarantor/endorser,  or  of  the  collateral 
pledged.  Assets  have  a  well-defined  weakness  or  weaknesses  that  jeopardize  the  orderly  liquidation  of  the  debt.  The  relationship  shows  deteriorating  trends  or  other 
deficient areas.  The loan may be non-performing and expected to remain so for the foreseeable future.  Relationship balances may be adequately secured by asset value; 
however  a  deteriorated  financial  condition  may  necessitate  collateral  liquidation  to  effect  repayment.  A  relationship  with  an  unacceptable  financial  condition  requiring 
excessive attention of the officer due to the nature of the credit risk or lack of borrower cooperation.  All loans on non-accrual or in a bankruptcy are not graded higher than 
Substandard.  

7.   Doubtful :  The relationship has all the weaknesses inherent in a credit graded 5 with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection on the basis of currently 
existing facts, conditions and value, highly questionable or improbable.  The possibility of some loss is extremely high, however its classification as an anticipated loss is 
deferred until a more exact determination of the extent of loss is determined.  Loans in this category must be on non-accrual.  

8.   Loss :  Loans are considered uncollectible and of such little value that continuance as bankable assets is not warranted.  It is not practicable or desirable to defer writing off 

this basically worthless asset even though partial recovery may be possible in the future.  

For Residential Mortgage and Consumer Loans:  

Residential mortgage and consumer loans are assigned a “Pass” rating unless the loan has demonstrated signs of weakness as indicated by the ratings below.  

5.   Special Mention : All loans sixty days past due are classified Special Mention. The loan is not upgraded until it has been current for six consecutive months.  

6.   Substandard : All loans 90 days past due are classified Substandard. The loan is not upgraded until it has been current for six consecutive months.  

Page 58 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
  
Table of Contents 

Table of Contents 

7.   Doubtful :  The relationship has all the weaknesses inherent in a credit graded 5 with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection on the basis of currently 

existing facts, conditions and value, highly questionable or improbable.  The possibility of some loss is extremely high.  

The risk ratings for classified loans are evaluated at least quarterly for commercial loans or when credit deficiencies arise, such as delinquent loan payments, for commercial, 
residential mortgage or consumer loans.  See further discussion of risk ratings in Note 1.  

Page 59 

   
   
 
   
 
   
  
Table of Contents 

The  following table  presents the segments  and classes  of  the  loan  portfolio  summarized by the aggregate  pass  rating  and the criticized  and classified ratings of special  mention, 
substandard and doubtful within the Company's internal risk rating system:  

(In thousands)  
Residential mortgage loans:  

1-4 family first-lien residential mortgages  
Construction  

Total residential mortgage loans  
Commercial loans:  

Real estate  
Lines of credit  
Other commercial and industrial  
Municipal  

Total commercial loans  
Consumer loans:  

Home equity and junior liens  
Other consumer  
Total consumer loans  
Total loans  

(In thousands)  
Residential mortgage loans:  

1-4 family first-lien residential mortgages  
Construction  

Total residential mortgage loans  
Commercial loans:  

Real estate  
Lines of credit  
Other commercial and industrial  
Municipal  

Total commercial loans  
Consumer loans:  

Home equity and junior liens  
Other consumer  
Total consumer loans  
Total loans  

Pass   

  $ 

166,801   
2,655   
169,456   

76,719   
12,026   
29,705   
3,588   
122,038   

20,078   
3,199   
23,277   
314,771   

  $ 

Pass   

  $ 

153,049   
3,935   
156,984   

69,737   
12,579   
21,978   
3,619   
107,913   

22,500   
3,922   
26,422   
291,319   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

As of December 31, 2012  

Special         
Mention   

1,323   
-  
1,323   

1,685   
-  
237   
-  
1,922   

145   
133   
278   
3,523   

  $ 

  $ 

Substandard   

Doubtful   

Total   

  $ 

5,831   
-  
5,831   

3,925   
1,647   
1,500   
-  
7,072   

1,801   
111   
1,912   
14,815   

  $ 

  $ 

-  
-  
-  

-  
75   
35   
-  
110   

49   
26   
75   
185   

  $ 

173,955   
2,655   
176,610   

82,329   
13,748   
31,477   
3,588   
131,142   

22,073   
3,469   
25,542   
333,294   

As of December 31, 2011  

Special         
Mention   

  $ 

1,050   
-  
1,050   

212   
49   
89   
-  
350   

162   
61   
223   
1,623   

  $ 

Substandard   

Doubtful   

Total   

  $ 

4,285   
-  
4,285   

3,471   
1,163   
591   
-  
5,225   

1,456   
123   
1,579   
11,089   

  $ 

  $ 

-  
-  
-  

-  
-  
43   
-  
43   

53   
34   
87   
130   

  $ 

158,384   
3,935   
162,319   

73,420   
13,791   
22,701   
3,619   
113,531   

24,171   
4,140   
28,311   
304,161   

Management  has  reviewed  its  loan  portfolio  and  determined  that,  to  the  best  of  its  knowledge,  no  exposure  exists  to  sub-prime  or  other  high-risk  residential  mortgages.  The 
Company is not in the practice of originating these types of loans.  

Page 60 

   
   
 
 
   
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
        
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
   
   
     
          
          
          
          
    
  
  
  
  
     
    
  
          
          
    
  
  
  
  
  
     
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 

Non-accrual and Past Due Loans  

Loans are considered past due if the required principal and interest payments have not been received within thirty days of the payment due date.  

An age analysis of past due loans, exclusive of deferred costs, segregated by class of loans were as follows:  

(In thousands)  
Residential mortgage loans:  

1-4 family first-lien residential mortgages  
Construction  

  $ 

Total residential mortgage loans  
Commercial loans:  

Real estate  
Lines of credit  
Other commercial and industrial  
Municipal  

Total commercial loans  
Consumer loans:  

Home equity and junior liens  
Other consumer  
Total consumer loans  
Total loans  

  $ 

(In thousands)  
Residential mortgage loans:  

1-4 family first-lien residential mortgages  
Construction  

  $ 

Total residential mortgage loans  
Commercial loans:  

Real estate  
Lines of credit  
Other commercial and industrial  
Municipal  

Total commercial loans  
Consumer loans:  

Home equity and junior liens  
Other consumer  
Total consumer loans  
Total loans  

  $ 

30-59 Days   
Past Due   

60-89 Days   
Past Due   

90 Days   
and Over   

Total         

Past Due   

As of December 31, 2012  

2,698   
-  
2,698   

1,706   
496   
1,279   
-  
3,481   

207   
26   
233   
6,412   

30-59 Days   
Past Due   

2,870   
-  
2,870   

2,015   
337   
356   
-  
2,708   

357   
55   
412   
5,990   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

1,161   
-  
1,161   

1,833   
153   
85   
-  
2,071   

405   
42   
447   
3,679   

60-89 Days   
Past Due   

934   
-  
934   

4   
75   
392   
-  
471   

182   
2   
184   
1,589   

  $ 

Page 61 

2,046   
-  
2,046   

1,794   
334   
598   
-  
2,726   

730   
46   
776   
5,548   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

5,905   
-  
5,905   

5,333   
983   
1,962   
-  
8,278   

1,342   
114   
1,456   
15,639   

  $ 

As of December 31, 2011  

90 Days   
and Over   

Total         

Past Due   

1,428   
-  
1,428   

1,623   
467   
504   
-  
2,594   

550   
156   
706   
4,728   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

5,232   
-  
5,232   

3,642   
879   
1,252   
-  
5,773   

1,089   
213   
1,302   
12,307   

  $ 

Current   

  $ 

168,050   
2,655   
170,705   

76,996   
12,765   
29,515   
3,588   
122,864   

20,731   
3,355   
24,086   
317,655   

  $ 

Current   

  $ 

153,152   
3,935   
157,087   

69,778   
12,912   
21,449   
3,619   
107,758   

23,082   
3,927   
27,009   
291,854   

  $ 

Total Loans   
Receivable   

173,955   
2,655   
176,610   

82,329   
13,748   
31,477   
3,588   
131,142   

22,073   
3,469   
25,542   
333,294   

Total Loans   
Receivable   

158,384   
3,935   
162,319   

73,420   
13,791   
22,701   
3,619   
113,531   

24,171   
4,140   
28,311   
304,161   

   
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
        
        
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
   
   
     
          
          
          
          
          
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
          
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 

Year-end non-accrual loans, segregated by class of loan, were as follows:  

(In thousands)  
Residential mortgage loans:  

1-4 family first-lien residential mortgages  
Construction  

Commercial loans:  
Real estate  
Lines of credit  
Other commercial and industrial  
Municipal  

Consumer loans:  

Home equity and junior liens  
Other consumer  

Total nonaccrual loans  

December 31,   
2012   

   December 31,   
2011   

  $ 

  $ 

2,046   
-  
2,046   

1,794   
334   
598   
-  
2,726   

730   
46   
776   
5,548   

  $ 

  $ 

1,428   
-  
1,428   

1,623   
467   
504   
-  
2,594   

550   
156   
706   
4,728   

There were no loans past due ninety days or more and still accruing interest at December 31, 2012 or 2011.  

The  Company  is  required  to  disclose  certain  activities  related  to  Troubled  Debt  Restructurings  (“TDR”s)  in  accordance  with  accounting  guidance.   Certain  loans  have  been 
modified  in  a  TDR  where  economic  concessions  have  been  granted  to  a  borrower  who  is  experiencing,  or  expected  to  experience,  financial  difficulties.  These  economic 
concessions  could  include  a  reduction  in  the  loan  interest  rate,  extension  of  payment  terms,  reduction  of  principal  amortization,  or  other  actions  that  it  would  not  otherwise 
consider for a new loan with similar risk characteristics.  The Company has determined that there were $1.1 million of recorded investment in new TDRs in the twelve month 
period ended December 31, 2012.  The following highlights the qualitative and quantitative information by loan class.  

•   Modifications made within the commercial real estate loan class included two loans with pre-modification and post-modification recorded investments of $564,000 and 
$358,000, respectively.  Economic concessions granted included interest only periods, extended payment terms and a reduction in loan interest rate.  The Company was 
required to increase the reserve against these two loans by $211,000 which was a component of the provision for loan losses in the third quarter of 2012.  

•   Modifications made within  the home  equity and junior liens loan class included  two loans  with pre-modification and post-modification  recorded investments  which 
were  unchanged  at  $279,000.  Economic  concessions  granted  included  interest  only  periods,  extended  payment  terms  and  a  reduction  in  loan  interest  rate.  An 
additional provision was not required as a result of these modifications.  

•   The  first  modification  made  within  the  other  commercial  and  industrial  loan  class  included  a  consolidation  of  three  credit  facilities  into  a  single  loan  with  a  pre-
modification  and  post-modification  recorded  investment  of  $439,000  and  $468,000,  respectively.  The  post-modification  recorded  investment  included  late  charges, 
accrued interest,  and closing  costs as a  result  of  the  restructuring. Economic concessions granted included reduced principal amortization  and an  extended  payment 
term.  Management’s  review  indicates  adequate  collateral  coverage  in  support  of  this  loan.  An  additional  provision  was  not  required  as  a  result  of  this 
modification.  The  second  modification  made  in  this  loan  class  resulted  in  a  pre-modification  and  post-modification  recorded  investment  of  $84,000  and  $18,000, 
respectively.  Economic  concessions  granted  included  an  advance  of  additional  monies  without  an  associated  increase  in  collateral  and  a  12  month  interest  only 
period.  The Company was required to increase the reserve against this loan by $90,000, which was a component of the provision for loan losses in the fourth quarter of 
2012.  

Page 62 

   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
     
        
  
    
    
  
    
    
     
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
     
          
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
  
Table of Contents 

There were three loans under one relationship which were in payment default within the twelve month period ended December 31, 2012 for TDRs modified during the preceding 
twelve months. Two of these loans are Home Equity loans in the amount of $306,000 and one loan is a Commercial Real Estate loan in the amount of $337,000.  

When the Company modifies a loan within a portfolio segment, a potential impairment is analyzed either based on the present value of the expected future cash flows discounted 
at the interest rate of the original loan terms or the fair value of the collateral less costs to sell.  If it is determined that the value of the loan is less than its recorded investment, 
then impairment is recognized as a component of the provision for loan losses, an associated increase to the allowance for loan losses or as a charge-off to the allowance for loan 
losses in the current period.  

Page 63 

   
 
 
 
  
December 31, 2012  

Unpaid         

Principal   
Balance   

Recorded   
Investment   

Related   
Allowance   

Recorded   
Investment   

December 31, 2011  

Unpaid         

Principal   
Balance   

Related   
Allowance   

Table of Contents 
Impaired Loans  

The following table summarizes impaired loans information by portfolio class:  

  $ 

(In thousands)  
With no related allowance recorded:  

1-4 family first-lien residential mortgages  
Residential construction mortgage  
Commercial real estate  
Commercial lines of credit  
Other commercial and industrial  
Municipal  
Home equity and junior liens  
Other consumer  

With an allowance recorded:  

1-4 family first-lien residential mortgages  
Residential construction mortgage  
Commercial real estate  
Commercial lines of credit  
Other commercial and industrial  
Municipal  
Home equity and junior liens  
Other consumer  

Total:  

1-4 family first-lien residential mortgages  
Residential construction mortgage  
Commercial real estate  
Commercial lines of credit  
Other commercial and industrial  
Municipal  
Home equity and junior liens  
Other consumer  

Totals  

  $ 

844   
-  
1,554   
358   
657   
-  
380   
-  

1,307   
-  
1,182   
-  
225   
-  
155   
5   

2,151   
-  
2,736   
358   
882   
-  
535   
5   
6,667   

  $ 

  $ 

844   
-  
1,571   
370   
801   
-  
380   
-  

1,307   
-  
1,182   
-  
230   
-  
155   
5   

2,151   
-  
2,753   
370   
1,031   
-  
535   
5   
6,845   

  $ 

  $ 

-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  

215   
-  
401   
-  
207   
-  
95   
5   

215   
-  
401   
-  
207   
-  
95   
5   
923   

  $ 

  $ 

The following table presents the average recorded investment in impaired loans for the years ended December 31:  

(In thousands)  

1-4 family first-lien residential mortgages  
Commercial real estate  
Commercial lines of credit  
Other commercial and industrial  
Home equity and junior liens  
Other consumer  

Total  

Page 64 

442   
-  
968   
74   
257   
-  
312   
-  

856   
-  
735   
378   
122   
-  
136   
-  

1,298   
-  
1,703   
452   
379   
-  
448   
-  
4,280   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

442   
-  
1,096   
74   
257   
-  
312   
-  

856   
-  
735   
378   
122   
-  
136   
-  

1,298   
-  
1,831   
452   
379   
-  
448   
-  
4,408   

2012  

1,682   
2,506   
417   
718   
488   
3   
5,814   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  

149   
-  
109   
178   
122   
-  
61   
-  

149   
-  
109   
178   
122   
-  
61   
-  
619   

2011  

1,156   
2,447   
207   
712   
554   
-  
5,076   

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
     
  
  
     
  
  
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
        
        
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
    
    
          
          
    
    
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
     
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 

The following table presents the interest income recognized on impaired loans for the years ended December 31:  

(In thousands)  

1-4 family first-lien residential mortgages  
Commercial real estate  
Commercial lines of credit  
Other commercial and industrial  
Home equity and junior liens  
Other consumer  

Total  

Page 65 

2012  

2011  

  $ 

  $ 

108   
71   
14   
29   
10   
1   
233   

  $ 

  $ 

64   
86   
31   
12   
9   
-  
202   

 
 
 
 
   
  
     
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 

NOTE 6: ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES  

Changes in  the  allowance for  loan  losses for  the  years ended  December  31,  2012 and  2011  and  information  pertaining to the allocation of  the  allowance  for loan losses  and 
balances  of  the  allowance  for  loan  losses  and  loans  receivable  based  on  individual  and  collective  impairment  evaluation  by  loan  portfolio  class  at  the  indicated  dates  are 
summarized in the tables below.  An allocation of a portion of the allowance to a given portfolio class does not limit the Company’s ability to absorb losses in another portfolio 
class.  

(In thousands)  
Allowance for loan losses:  
Beginning Balance  
   Charge-offs  
   Recoveries  
   Provisions  
Ending balance  
Ending balance: related to loans  

individually evaluated for impairment  

Ending balance: related to loans  

collectively evaluated for impairment  

Loans receivables:  
Ending balance  
Ending balance: individually  
evaluated for impairment  

Ending balance: collectively  

evaluated for impairment  

Allowance for loan losses:  
Beginning Balance  
   Charge-offs  
   Recoveries  
   Provisions  
Ending balance  
Ending balance: related to loans  

individually evaluated for impairment  

Ending balance: related to loans  

collectively evaluated for impairment  

Loans receivables:  
Ending balance  
Ending balance: individually  
evaluated for impairment  

Ending balance: collectively  

evaluated for impairment  

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

December 31, 2012  

1-4 family         
first-lien   
residential   
mortgage   

Residential         
construction   
mortgage   

Commercial   
real estate   

Commercial   
lines of credit   

Other   
commercial   
and industrial   

664   
(108 ) 
75   
180   
811   

  $ 

  $ 

215   

  $ 

596   

  $ 

-  
-  
-  
-  
-  

  $ 

  $ 

-  

  $ 

-  

  $ 

1,346   
  $ 
(142 )       
14   
530   
1,748   

  $ 

463   
-    
50   
(73 ) 
440   

  $ 

  $ 

401   

  $ 

-  

  $ 

1,347   

  $ 

440   

  $ 

649   
(89 ) 
-  
190   
750   

207   

543   

173,955   

  $ 

2,655   

  $ 

82,329   

  $ 

13,748   

  $ 

31,477   

2,151   

  $ 

-  

  $ 

2,736   

  $ 

358   

  $ 

882   

171,804   

  $ 

2,655   

  $ 

79,593   

  $ 

13,390   

  $ 

30,595   

Municipal   

Home equity   
   and junior liens   

Other         

Consumer   

Unallocated   

2   
-  
-  
-  
2   

  $ 

  $ 

-  

  $ 

2   

  $ 

501   
(8 ) 
6   
(5 ) 
494   

  $ 

  $ 

162   
(161 ) 
59   
108   
168   

  $ 

  $ 

193   
-  
-  
(105 ) 
88   

  $ 

  $ 

95   

  $ 

5   

  $ 

-  

  $ 

923   

399   

  $ 

163   

  $ 

88   

  $ 

3,578   

Total   

3,980   
(508 ) 
204   
825   
4,501   

3,588   

  $ 

22,073   

  $ 

3,469   

  $ 

-  

  $ 

333,294   

-  

  $ 

535   

  $ 

5   

  $ 

-  

  $ 

6,667   

3,588   

  $ 

21,538   

  $ 

3,464   

  $ 

-  

  $ 

326,627   

Page 66 

   
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
        
        
        
  
  
  
  
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
        
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
  
     
          
          
          
          
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
  
     
          
          
          
          
    
  
     
          
          
          
          
    
  
     
    
  
  
          
    
     
  
  
  
     
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
    
    
          
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
  
     
          
          
          
          
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
  
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      December 31, 2011  
1-4 family         
first-lien   
residential   
mortgage   

Residential         
construction   
mortgage   

Commercial   
lines of credit   

Commercial   
real estate   

Other   
commercial   
and industrial   

Table of Contents 

(In thousands)   
Allowance for loan losses:  
Beginning Balance  
   Charge-offs  
   Recoveries  
   Provisions  
Ending balance  
Ending balance: related to loans  

individually evaluated for impairment  

Ending balance: related to loans  

collectively evaluated for impairment  

Loans receivables:  
Ending balance  
Ending balance: individually  
evaluated for impairment  

Ending balance: collectively  

evaluated for impairment  

Allowance for loan losses:  
Beginning Balance  
   Charge-offs  
   Recoveries  
   Provisions  
Ending balance  
Ending balance: related to loans  

individually evaluated for impairment  

Ending balance: related to loans  

collectively evaluated for impairment  

Loans receivables:  
Ending balance  
Ending balance: individually  
evaluated for impairment  

Ending balance: collectively  

evaluated for impairment  

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

750   
(237 ) 
49   
102   
664   

  $ 

  $ 

149   

  $ 

515   

  $ 

-  
-  
-  
-  
-  

  $ 

  $ 

-  

  $ 

-  

  $ 

1,204   
(205 ) 
-  
347   
1,346   

  $ 

  $ 

109   

  $ 

1,237   

  $ 

579   
(65 ) 
1   
(52 ) 
463   

  $ 

  $ 

178   

  $ 

285   

  $ 

501   
(34 ) 
-  
182   
649   

122   

527   

158,384   

  $ 

3,935   

  $ 

73,420   

  $ 

13,791   

  $ 

22,701   

1,298   

  $ 

-  

  $ 

1,703   

  $ 

452   

  $ 

379   

157,086   

  $ 

3,935   

  $ 

71,717   

  $ 

13,339   

  $ 

22,322   

Municipal   

Home equity   
   and junior liens   

Other         

consumer   

Unallocated   

3   
-  
-  
(1 ) 
2   

  $ 

  $ 

-  

  $ 

2   

  $ 

424   
(43 ) 
10   
110   
501   

  $ 

  $ 

61   

  $ 

89   
(123 ) 
39   
157   
162   

  $ 

  $ 

98   
-  
-  
95   
193   

  $ 

  $ 

Total   

3,648   
(707 ) 
99   
940   
3,980   

-  

  $ 

-  

  $ 

619   

440   

  $ 

162   

  $ 

193   

  $ 

3,361   

3,619   

  $ 

24,171   

  $ 

4,140   

  $ 

-  

  $ 

304,161   

-  

  $ 

448   

  $ 

-  

  $ 

-  

  $ 

4,280   

3,619   

  $ 

23,723   

  $ 

4,140   

  $ 

-  

  $ 

299,881   

Page 67 

 
 
 
  
  
  
        
        
        
  
  
  
  
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
        
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
  
     
        
        
        
        
  
  
     
  
  
  
        
  
     
  
  
  
     
        
        
        
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
    
    
          
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
  
     
          
          
          
          
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
  
Table of Contents 

NOTE 7: SERVICING  

Loans serviced for others are not included in the accompanying consolidated statements of condition.  The unpaid principal balances of mortgage and other loans serviced for others 
were $24,775,000 and $31,241,000 at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.  The balance of capitalized servicing rights included in other assets at December 31, 2012 and 
2011, was $2,000 and $8,000, respectively.  

The following summarizes mortgage servicing rights capitalized and amortized:  

(In thousands)  
Mortgage servicing rights capitalized  
Mortgage servicing rights amortized  

NOTE 8: PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT  

A summary of premises and equipment at December 31, is as follows:  

(In thousands)  
Land  
Buildings  
Furniture, fixtures and equipment  
Construction in progress  

Less: Accumulated depreciation  

NOTE 9: GOODWILL  

  $ 
  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

2012   
2   
7   

  $ 
  $ 

2011   
-  
27   

2012   
1,544   
10,056   
9,051   
186   
20,837   
10,729   
10,108   

  $ 

  $ 

2011   
1,544   
10,056   
8,703   
353   
20,656   
9,959   
10,697   

Goodwill represents the excess cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the net assets acquired. Goodwill is not amortized, but is evaluated annually for impairment or between 
annual evaluations in certain circumstances. Management performs an annual assessment of the Company’s goodwill to determine whether or not any impairment of the carrying 
value may exist. The Company is permitted to assess qualitative factors to determine if it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying 
value.  For  purposes  of  this  assessment,  management  considers  the  Company  and  its  subsidiaries  as  a  whole  to  be  the  reporting  unit.  Based  on  the  results  of  the  assessment, 
management has determined that the carrying value of goodwill in the amount of $3.8 million is not impaired as of December 31, 2012.  

Page 68 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
Table of Contents 
NOTE 10: DEPOSITS  

A summary of deposits at December 31, is as follows:  

(In thousands)  
Savings accounts  
Time accounts  
Time accounts of $100,000 or more  
Money management accounts  
MMDA accounts  
Demand deposit interest-bearing  
Demand deposit noninterest-bearing  
Mortgage escrow funds  
Total Deposits  

At December 31, 2012, the scheduled maturities of time deposits are as follows:  

(In thousands)  
Year of Maturity:  
2013  
2014  
2015  
2016  
2017  
Thereafter  
Total  

NOTE 11: BORROWED FUNDS  

The composition of borrowings (excluding junior subordinated debentures) at December 31 is as follows:  

(In thousands)  
Short-term:  

FHLB Advances  

Long-term:  

FHLB advances  
ESOP loan payable  
Citigroup Repurchase agreements  
Total long-term borrowings  

Terms of the ESOP loan payable, which is based on a variable rate, are detailed in Note 14.  

Page 69 

  $ 

  $ 

   $ 

   $ 

   $ 

2012   
63,501   
78,176   
85,145   
14,441   
73,519   
29,693   
43,913   
3,417   
391,805   

  $ 

  $ 

   $ 

   $ 

2012   

9,000       $ 

20,000       $ 
964         
5,000         
25,964       $ 

2011   
58,689   
83,786   
69,558   
14,249   
70,588   
28,625   
37,153   
3,481   
366,129   

108,112   
35,541   
7,126   
4,546   
1,796   
6,200   
163,321   

2011   

-  

20,000   
1,074   
5,000   
26,074   

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
  
  
    
     
     
     
     
     
  
  
     
        
  
     
          
    
     
     
  
Table of Contents 

The principal balances, interest rates and maturities of the remaining borrowings, all of which are at a fixed rate, at December 31, 2012 are as follows:  

Term  
(Dollars in thousands)  
Long-term:  

Repurchase agreements (due in 2013)  
Advances with FHLB  
due within 1 year  
due within 2 years  
due within 3 years  
due within 4 years  
due within 5 years  
due within 10 years  

Total advances with FHLB  
Total long-term borrowings  

At December 31, 2012, scheduled repayments of long-term debt are as follows (in thousands):  

2013  
2014  
2015  
2016  
2017  
Thereafter  

Principal      

Rates  

  $ 

5,000         

2.95 % 

4.46%-4.53 % 
2.85%-3.07 % 
2.79 % 
2.12 % 
1.36%-2.56 % 
2.56 % 

4,000         
5,000         
2,000         
3,000         
4,000         
2,000         
20,000         
25,000         

9,110   
5,110   
2,110   
3,110   
4,110   
2,414   
25,964   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

The  repurchase agreement  with Citigroup  is  collateralized  by  certain investment securities having  a fair value of $5.7  million at December  31, 2012.  The collateral is under the 
Company’s control.  The Company also has access to Federal Home Loan Bank advances, under which it can borrow at various terms and interest rates.  Residential mortgage loans 
with a carrying value of $58.5 million and FHLB stock with a carrying value of $1.9 million have been pledged by the Company under a blanket collateral agreement to secure the 
Company’s borrowings at December  31, 2012.  The total  outstanding indebtedness  under  borrowing facilities with  the FHLB cannot  exceed  the  total value  of the  assets pledged 
under the blanket collateral agreement.  The Company has a $32.2 million line of credit available at December 31, 2012 with the Federal Reserve Bank of New York through its 
Discount  Window  and  has  pledged  various  corporate  and  municipal  securities  against  the  line.  The  Company  has  an  $11.0  million  line  of  credit  available  with  three  other 
correspondent banks. $4.0 million of that line of credit is available on an unsecured basis and the remaining $7.0 million must be collateralized with marketable investment securities. 
Interest on the lines is determined at the time of borrowing.  

The Company has a non-consolidated subsidiary trust, Pathfinder Statutory Trust II, of which the Company owns 100% of the common equity.  The Trust issued $5,000,000 of 30 
year floating rate Company-obligated pooled capital securities of Pathfinder Statutory Trust II.  The Company borrowed the proceeds of the capital securities from its subsidiary by 
issuing floating rate junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures having substantially similar terms.  The capital securities mature in 2037 and are treated as Tier 1 capital by 
the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the Federal Reserve Board (“FRB”).  The capital securities of the trust are a pooled trust preferred fund of Preferred Term Securities 
VI, Ltd. and are tied to the 3-month LIBOR plus 1.65% (1.96%) at December 31, 2012) with a five-year call provision.  The Company guarantees all of these securities.  

Page 70 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
  
  
     
        
  
     
        
  
     
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
Table of Contents 

The  Company's  equity  interest  in  the  trust  subsidiary  of  $155,000  is  reported  in  "Other  assets".  For  regulatory  reporting  purposes,  the  Federal  Reserve  has  indicated  that  the 
preferred securities will continue to qualify as Tier 1 Capital subject to previously specified limitations, until further notice. If regulators make a determination that Trust Preferred 
Securities can no longer be considered in regulatory capital, the securities become callable and the Company may redeem them.  

NOTE 12:  EMPLOYEE BENEFITS AND DEFERRED COMPENSATION AND SUPPLEMENTAL     RETIREMENT PLANS  

The  Company  has  a  noncontributory  defined  benefit  pension  plan  covering  substantially  all  employees.  The  plan  provides  defined  benefits  based  on  years  of  service  and  final 
average salary. On May 14, 2012, the Company informed its employees of its decision to freeze participation and benefit accruals under the plan, primarily to reduce some of the 
volatility in earnings that can accompany the maintenance of a defined benefit plan.  The freeze became effective June 30, 2012.  Compensation earned by employees up to June 30, 
2012 is used for purposes of calculating benefits under the plan but there will be no future benefit accruals after this date.  Participants as of June 30, 2012 will continue to earn 
vesting credit with respect to their frozen accrued benefits as they continue to work. In addition, the Company provides certain health and life insurance benefits for a limited number 
of eligible retired employees.  The healthcare plan is contributory with participants’ contributions adjusted annually; the life insurance plan is noncontributory.  Employees with less 
than 14 years of service as of January 1, 1995, are not eligible for the health and life insurance retirement benefits.  

The following tables set forth the changes in the plans’ benefit obligations, fair value of plan assets and the plans’ funded status as of December 31:  

(In thousands)  
Change in benefit obligations:  

Benefit obligations at beginning of year  
Service cost  
Interest cost  
Actuarial loss  
Curtailment gain  
Benefits paid  

Benefit obligations at end of year  
Change in plan assets:  

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year  
Actual return on plan assets  
Benefits paid  
Employer contributions  

Fair value of plan assets at end of year  
Funded Status - asset (liability)  

Pension Benefits  

Postretirement Benefits  

2012   

10,167   
166   
397   
863   
(1,919 ) 
(209 ) 
9,465   

7,549   
846   
(209 ) 
2,600   
10,786   
1,321   

  $ 

  $ 

2011   

7,539   
328   
414   
2,085   
-  
(199 ) 
10,167   

7,890   
(142 ) 
(199 ) 
-  
7,549   
(2,618 ) 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

2012   

401   
-  
17   
68   
-  
(36 ) 
450   

-  
-  
(36 ) 
36   
-  
(450 ) 

  $ 

  $ 

2011   

364   
-  
19   
47   
-  
(29 ) 
401   

-  
-  
(29 ) 
29   
-  
(401 ) 

Page 71 

   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss as of December 31 are as follows:  

(In thousands)  
Unrecognized transition obligation  
Net loss, net of curtailment gain  

Tax Effect  

Pension Benefits  

Postretirement Benefits  

  $ 

  $ 

2012   
-  
4,466   
4,466   
1,786   
2,680   

  $ 

  $ 

2011   
-  
5,940   
5,940   
2,376   
3,564   

  $ 

  $ 

2012   
-  
142   
142   
57   
85   

  $ 

  $ 

2011   
2   
86   
88   
35   
53   

Gains and losses in excess of 10% of the greater of the benefit obligation or the fair value of assets are amortized over the average remaining service period of active participants.   

The accumulated benefit obligation for the defined benefit pension plan was $9,465,000 and $8,245,000 at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.  The postretirement plan had 
an accumulated benefit obligation of $450,000 and $401,000 at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.  

The significant assumptions used in determining the benefit obligations as of December 31, are as follows:  

Weighted average discount rate  
Rate of increase in future compensation levels  

Pension Benefits  

Postretirement Benefits  

2012   
4.05 %      
-  

2011   
4.40 %      
3.50 %      

2012   
4.05 %      
-  

2011   
4.40 % 
-  

Assumed health care cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the postretirement health care plan.   The annual rates of increase in the per capita cost of 
covered medical and prescription drug benefits for future years were assumed to be 7.5% for 2013, gradually decreasing to 5.00% in 2018 and remain at that level thereafter.  

The composition of the net periodic benefit plan cost for the years ended December 31 is as follows:  

(In thousands)  
Service cost  
Interest cost  
Expected return on plan assets  
Amortization of transition obligation  
Amortization of net losses  
Net periodic benefit plan cost  

Pension Benefits  

Postretirement Benefits  

2012   

2011   

2012   

2011   

  $ 

  $ 

166   
397   
(809 ) 
-  
381   
135   

  $ 

  $ 

328   
414   
(625 ) 
-  
247   
364   

  $ 

  $ 

-  
17   
-  
2   
13   
32   

  $ 

  $ 

-  
19   
-  
18   
1   
38   

Page 72 

   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
     
  
   
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 
The significant assumptions used in determining the net periodic benefit plan cost for years ended December 31 were as follows:  

Weighted average discount rate  
Expected long term rate of return on plan assets  
Rate of increase in future compensation levels  

Pension Benefits  

Postretirement Benefits  

2012   
4.40 %      
8.00 %      
-  

2011   
5.54 %      
8.00 %      
3.50 %      

2012   
4.40 %      
-  
-  

2011   
5.54 % 
-  
-  

The long term rate of return on assets assumption was set based on historical returns earned by equities and fixed income securities, adjusted to reflect expectations of future returns 
as applied to the plan’s target allocation of asset classes.  Equities and fixed income securities were assumed to earn real rates of return in the ranges of 5.0%-9.0% and 2.0%-6.0%, 
respectively.  The long-term inflation rate was estimated to be 3.0%.  When these overall return expectations are applied to the plan’s target allocation, the expected rate of return was 
determined to be in the range of 7.0% to 11.0%.  Management has chosen to use an 8% expected long-term rate of return to reflect current economic conditions and expected returns.  

The  estimated  net  actuarial  loss  that  will  be  amortized  from  accumulated  other  comprehensive  loss  into  net  periodic  benefit  plan  cost  during  2013  is  $361,000.  The  estimated 
amortization of the unrecognized transition obligation and actuarial loss for the post retirement health plan in 2013 is $20,000.  The expected net periodic benefit plan cost for 2013 is 
estimated at a $76,000 negative expense for both retirement plans.  

Plan assets are invested in diversified investment funds of the RSI Retirement Trust (the “Trust”), a private placement investment fund.  The investment funds include a series of 
equity  and  bond  mutual  funds  or  commingled  trust  funds,  each  with  its  own  investment  objectives,  investment  strategies  and  risks,  as  detailed  in  the  Statement  of  Investment 
Objectives and Guidelines.  The Trust has been given discretion by the Plan Sponsor to determine the appropriate strategic asset allocation versus plan liabilities, as governed by the 
Trust’s Statement of Investment Objectives and Guidelines.  

The long-term investment objectives are to maintain plan assets at a level that will sufficiently cover long-term obligations and to generate a return on plan assets that will meet or 
exceed the rate at which long-term obligations will grow.  A broadly diversified combination of equity and fixed income portfolios and various risk management techniques are used 
to help achieve these objectives.  

In addition, significant consideration is paid to the plan’s funding levels when determining the overall asset allocation.  If the plan is considered to be well-funded, approximately 
65% of the plan’s assets are allocated to equities and approximately 35% allocated to fixed-income.  If the plan does not satisfy the criteria for a well-funded plan, approximately 
50% of the plan’s assets are allocated to equities and approximately 50% allocated to fixed-income.  Asset rebalancing normally occurs when the equity and fixed-income allocations 
vary by more than 10% from their respective targets (i.e., a 20% policy range guideline).  

The investment goal is to achieve investment results that will contribute to the proper funding of the pension plan by exceeding the rate of inflation over the long-term.  In addition, 
investment  managers  for  the  Trust  are  expected  to  provide  above  average  performance  when  compared  to  their  peer  managers.  Performance  volatility  is  also 
monitored.  Risk/volatility is further managed by the distinct investment objectives of each of the Trust funds and the diversification within each fund.  

Page 73 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 
Pension plan assets measured at fair value are summarized below:  

(In thousands)  
Asset Category:  
Mutual funds - equity  

Large-cap value (a)  
Small-cap core (b)  
Large-cap core (c)  
Large-cap value (d)  

Common/collective trusts - equity  

Large-cap core (e)  
Large-cap value (f)  
Large-cap growth (g)  

Common/collective trusts - fixed income  

Market duration fixed (h)  
Cash Equivalents-Money market  
Total  

At December 31, 2012  

Level 1   

Level 2   

Level 3   

  $ 

   $ 

  $ 

1,018   
1,339   
752   
1,239   

-  
-  
-  

-        
-  
4,348       $ 

  $ 

-  
-  
-  
-  

1,191   
595   
792   

3,860   
-  
6,438       $ 

  $ 

-  
-  
-  
-  

-  
-  
-  

-  
-  
-      $ 

Total Fair   
Value   

1,018   
1,339   
752   
1,239   

1,191   
595   
792   

3,860   
-  
10,786   

(a)   This  category  consists  of  investments  whose  sector  and  industry  exposures  are  maintained  within  a  narrow  band  around  Russell  1000  index.  The  portfolio  holds 

approximately 150 stocks.  

(b)   This category contains stocks whose sector weightings are maintained within a narrow band around those of the Russell 2000 index.  The portfolio will typically hold more 

than 150 stocks.  

(c)   This category consists of a mutual fund that seeks fast growing large-cap companies with sustainable franchises and positive price momentum.  The portfolio holds 60 to 90 

stocks.  

(d)   This  category  has  investments  in  medium  to  large  non-US  companies,  including  high  quality,  durable  growth  companies  and  companies  based  in  countries  with  stable 

economic and political systems.  

(e)   This fund tracks the performance of the S&P 500 Index by purchasing the securities represented in the Index in approximately the same weightings as the Index.  
(f)   This category contains large-cap stocks with above-average yields.  The portfolio typically holds between 60 and 70 stocks.  
(g)   This category consists of a portfolio of between 35 and 55 stocks of fast growing, predictable, and cyclical large cap growth companies.  
(h)   This category consists of an index fund that tracks the Barclays Capital U.S. Aggregate Bond Index.  The fund invests in Treasury, agency, corporate, mortgage-backed and 

asset-backed securities.  

Page 74 

 
 
   
 
   
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
        
  
     
        
        
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 

(In thousands)  
Asset Category:  
Mutual funds - equity  

Large-cap value (a)  
Small-cap core (b)  

Common/collective trusts - equity  

Large-cap core (c)  
Large-cap value (d)  
Large-cap growth (e)  
International core (f)  

Common/collective trusts - fixed income  

Market duration fixed (g)  

Total  

At December 31, 2011  

Level 1   

Level 2   

Level 3   

  $ 

  $ 

675   
895   

  $ 

-  
-  

-  
-  
-  
-  

798   
393   
1,087   
830   

   $ 

-  
1,570       $ 

2,871   
5,979       $ 

  $ 

-  
-  

-  
-  
-  
-  

-  
-      $ 

Total Fair   
Value   

675   
895   

798   
393   
1,087   
830   

2,871   
7,549   

(a)   This  category  consists  of  investments  whose  sector  and  industry  exposures  are  maintained  within  a  narrow  band  around  Russell  1000  index.  The  portfolio  holds 

approximately 150 stocks.  

(b)   This category contains stocks whose sector weightings are maintained within a narrow band around those of the Russell 2000 index.  The portfolio will typically hold more 

than 150 stocks.  

(c)   This fund tracks the performance of the S&P 500 Index by purchasing the securities represented in the Index in approximately the same weightings as the Index.  
(d)   This category contains large-cap stocks with above-average yields.  The portfolio typically holds between 60 and 70 stocks.  
(e)   This category consists of a portfolio of between 45 and 65 stocks that will typically overweight technology and health care.  
(f)   This category consists of a broadly diversified portfolio of non-U.S. domiciled stocks.  The portfolio will typically hold more than 200 stocks, with 0% - 35% invested in 

emerging markets securities.  

(g)   This category consists of an index fund that tracks the Barclays Capital U.S. Aggregate Bond Index.  The fund invests in Treasury, agency, corporate, mortgage-backed and 

asset-backed securities.  

Funds that are mutual funds and actively traded qualify as “Level 1” assets because market values are readily available and accessible (“using quoted prices in active markets”).  
Funds  referred  to  as  “common/collective  trusts”  are  proprietary  funds  that  are  not  available  to  the  general  public,  and  therefore  classified  as  Level  2.   The  value  of  these  are 
determined based on underlying assets which may be securities having quoted prices in active markets, mutual funds, or fixed income securities whose methodology for determining 
fair value is described in Note 20.   

For the fiscal year ending December 31, 2013, the Bank expects to contribute approximately $35,000 to the postretirement plan.  In January 2012, the Bank made a contribution of 
$2.6 million to the pension plan in response to the unfunded pension liability of $2.6 million recorded at December 31, 2011. No additional contributions were made in 2012.  The 
Company may consider an additional contribution in 2013.  

Page 75 

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
        
  
     
        
        
        
  
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 
The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid from both retirement plans:  

Pension  
Benefits  

Postretirement  
Benefits  

Total  

                                                                  Years ending 
December 31:  
(In thousands)  

2013  
2014  
2015  
2016  
2017  
Years 2018 - 2022  

   $ 

   $ 

234   
244   
253   
264   
296   
1,678   

   $ 

35   
36   
36   
36   
37   
165   

269   
280   
289   
300   
333   
1,843   

The Company also offers a 401(k) plan to its employees.  Contributions to this plan by the Company were $208,000 and $176,000 for 2012 and 2011, respectively.  

The Company maintains optional deferred compensation plans for its directors and certain executive officers, whereby fees and income normally received are deferred and paid by 
the Company based upon a payment schedule commencing at age 65 and continuing monthly for 10 years. Directors must serve on the board for a minimum of 5 years to be eligible 
for  the  Plan.  At  December  31,  2012  and  2011,  other  liabilities  include  approximately  $1,979,000  and  $1,929,000,  respectively,  relating  to  deferred  compensation.  Deferred 
compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 amounted to approximately $217,000 and $224,000, respectively.  

The Company has a supplemental executive retirement plan (“SERP”) for the benefit of a retired Chief Executive Officer at December 31, 2012.  A SERP was in place for the benefit 
of the present Chief Executive Officer at December 31, 2011 but was terminated on December 31, 2012 with the proceeds of the trust distributed on that date.  At December 31, 2012 
and 2011, other liabilities included approximately $173,000 and $218,000, respectively, accrued under this plan related only to the retired CEO.  Compensation expense includes 
approximately $16,000 relating to the supplemental executive retirement plan for the year ended December 31, 2012 and $19,000 for the year ended December 31, 2011.   

To assist in the funding of the Company’s benefits under the supplemental executive retirement plan, the Company is the owner of single premium life insurance policies on selected 
participants.  At December 31, 2012 and 2011, the cash surrender values of these policies were $8,046,000 and $7,939,000, respectively.  

NOTE 13:  STOCK BASED COMPENSATION PLANS  

The February 1997 Stock Option Plan  

In February 1997, the Board of Directors approved an option plan and granted options thereunder with an exercise price equal to the market value of the Company’s shares at the date 
of grant.  Under the Stock Option Plan, up to 132,249 options had been authorized for grant of incentive stock options and nonqualified stock options.  None of the original options 
granted prior to July 2001 remain outstanding at December 31, 2012 or December 31, 2011.  

In July 2001, the Board approved the issuance of 38,499 stock options remaining in the 1997 Stock Option Plan.  The exercise price was equal to the market value of the Company's 
shares at the date of grant ($8.34).  The options granted under the issuance had a 10-year term and expired on July 31, 2011.  

Page 76 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents 

The April 2010 Stock Option Plan  

In June 2011, the Board of Directors of the Company approved the grant of stock option awards to its Directors and Executive Officers under the 2010 Stock Option Plan that was 
approved at the Annual Meeting of Shareholders on April 28, 2010 when 150,000 shares were authorized for award.  A total of 45,000 stock option awards were granted to the nine 
directors of the Company and 75,000 stock option awards, in total, were granted to the Chief Executive Officer and the Company’s four Senior Vice Presidents.  The awards will vest 
ratably over five years (20% per year for each year of the participant’s service with the Company) and will expire ten years from the date of the grant, or June 2021.  

The fair value of each option grant was established at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Black-Scholes model used the following weighted average 
assumptions: risk-free interest rate of 2.2%; volatility factors of the expected market price of the Company's common stock of .45; weighted average expected lives of the options of 
7.0 years: cash dividend yield of 1.49%. Based upon these assumptions, the weighted average fair value of options granted was $3.77.  

The compensation expense of the awards is based on the fair value of the instruments on the date of grant.  The Company recorded compensation expense in the amount of $81,000 
and $47,000 in 2012 and 2011, respectively, and is expected to record $79,000 in each of the years 2013 through 2015, and $38,000 in 2016.  

At December 31, 2012, there were 106,000 options outstanding, of which 22,000 were exercisable at an exercise price of $9.00, and an average remaining contractual life of 8.5 
years.  Expiring options in 2012 were the result of Director attrition.  

Activity in the stock option plans is as follows:  

(Shares in thousands)  
Outstanding at December 31, 2010  

Granted  
Exercised  
Expired  

Outstanding at December 31, 2011  

Granted  
Newly Vested  
Exercised  
Expired  

Outstanding at December 31, 2012  

Options   
Outstanding   

Weighted         
Average   
Exercise Price   

19       $ 
120       $ 
(8 )       
(11 )       
120       $ 
-      $ 
-        
(1 )       
(13 )       
106       $ 

8.34         
9.00         
8.34         
8.34         
9.00         
-        
9.00         
9.00         
9.00         
9.00         

Shares   
Exercisable   
19   
-  
(8 ) 
(11 ) 
-  
-  
23   
(1 ) 
-  
22   

The aggregate intrinsic value of a stock option represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value (the amount by which the current market value of the underlying stock exceeds the exercise 
price of the option) that would have been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised their options prior to the expiration date.  The intrinsic value can change 
based on fluctuations in the market value of the Company’s stock.  At December 31, 2012, the intrinsic value of the stock options was $138,000.  At December 31, 2011, the value of 
the Company’s stock was less than the stock option price, therefore the outstanding and exercisable stock options had no intrinsic value.  

Page 77 

   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
  
Table of Contents 
NOTE 14:  EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN  

The Company established the Pathfinder Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“Plan”) to purchase stock of the Company for the benefit of its employees.  In July 2011, the Plan 
received a $1.1 million loan from Community Bank, N.A., guaranteed by the Company, to fund the Plan’s purchase of 125,000 shares of the Company’s treasury stock.  The loan is 
being repaid in equal quarterly installments of principal plus interest over ten years beginning October 1, 2011.  Interest accrues at the Wall Street Journal Prime Rate plus 1.00%, 
and is secured by the unallocated shares of the ESOP stock.  In accordance with the payment of principal on the loan, a proportionate number of shares are allocated to the employees 
over the ten year time horizon of the loan.  Participants’ vesting interest in the shares of Company stock is at the rate of 20% per year.  The Company recorded $127,000 and $72,000 
in compensation expense in 2012 and 2011, respectively, including $13,000 and $7,000 for dividends on unallocated shares in these same time periods.  At December 31, 2012, there 
were 106,250 unearned ESOP shares with a fair value of $1.1 million.  

NOTE 15: INCOME TAXES  

The provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, is as follows:  

(In thousands)  
Current  
Deferred  

The provision for income taxes includes the following:  

(In thousands)  
Federal Income Tax  
New York State Franchise Tax  

Page 78 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

2012   
1,205   
(276 ) 
929   

  $ 

  $ 

2012   
873   
56   
929   

  $ 

  $ 

2011   
(149 ) 
1,193   
1,044   

2011   
968   
76   
1,044   

 
   
 
 
 
   
  
  
    
    
  
  
     
          
    
   
     
          
    
  
     
          
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
Table of Contents 

The components of the net deferred tax (liability) asset, included in other assets or other liabilities as of December 31, are as follows:  

(In thousands)  
Assets:  

Deferred compensation  
Allowance for loan losses  
Postretirement benefits  
Mortgage recording tax credit carryforward  
Impairment losses on investment securities  
Capital loss carryforward  
AMT credit carryforward  
Pension liability  
Other  

Total  
Liabilities:  

Pension asset  
Depreciation  
Accretion  
Loan origination fees  
Intangible assets  
Investment securities and financial derivative  
Prepaid expenses  

Total  

Less: deferred tax asset valuation allowance  
Net deferred tax (liability) asset  

2012   

833   
1,741   
174   
206   
337   
293   
-  
-  
284   
3,868   

(511 ) 
(703 ) 
(52 ) 
(176 ) 
(1,486 ) 
(1,008 ) 
(52 ) 
(3,988 ) 
(120 ) 
(458 ) 
(578 ) 

  $ 

  $ 

2011   

832   
1,540   
156   
277   
342   
307   
59   
85   
106   
3,704   

-  
(749 ) 
(45 ) 
(221 ) 
(1,409 ) 
(636 ) 
(114 ) 
(3,174 ) 
530   
(458 ) 
72   

  $ 

  $ 

Realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income or the existence of sufficient taxable income within the carry back period.  A valuation 
allowance  is  provided  when  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  some  portion,  or  all  of  the  deferred  tax  assets,  will  not  be  realized.  In  assessing  the  need  for  a  valuation  allowance, 
management considers the scheduled reversal of the deferred tax liabilities, the level of historical taxable income and the projected future level of taxable income over the periods in 
which the temporary differences comprising the deferred tax assets will be deductible.  The judgment about the level of future taxable income is inherently subjective and is reviewed 
on a continual basis as regulatory and business factors change. The valuation allowance of $458,000 represents the portion of the deferred tax asset that management believes may 
not be realizable, as the Company may not generate sufficient capital gains to offset its capital losses.  

A reconciliation of the federal statutory income tax rate to the effective income tax rate for the years ended December 31, is as follows:  

Federal statutory income tax rate  
State tax, net of federal benefit  
Tax-exempt interest income  
Increase in value of bank owned life insurance less premiums paid  
Gain on proceeds from bank owned life insurance  
Other  
Effective income tax rate  

Page 79 

2012   
34.0 %      
1.0   
(7.3 ) 
(2.3 ) 
(0.4 ) 
1.0   
26.0 %      

2011   
34.0 % 
1.5   
(4.4 ) 
(1.9 ) 
-  
1.8   
31.0 % 

   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
  
     
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 

At December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company did not have any uncertain tax positions.  The Company’s policy is to recognize interest and penalties, if any, in income tax expense 
in the Consolidated Statements of Income.  The tax years subject to examination by the Federal and New York State taxing authorities are the years ended December 31, 2009 
through 2011.  

NOTE 16: COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES  

The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments 
include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit.  Such commitments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk in excess of the amount recognized in the 
consolidated statement of condition. The contractual amount of those commitments to extend credit reflects the extent of involvement the Company has in this particular class of 
financial  instrument.  The  Company’s  exposure  to  credit  loss  in  the  event  of  nonperformance  by  the  other  party  to  the  financial  instrument  for  commitments  to  extend  credit  is 
represented by the contractual amount of the instrument.  The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments as it does for on-balance sheet instruments.  

At December 31, 2012 and 2011, the following financial instruments were outstanding whose contract amounts represent credit risk:  

(In thousands)  
Commitments to grant loans  
Unfunded commitments under lines of credit  
Standby letters of credit  

  $ 

Contract Amount  

2012   
25,145   
19,017   
1,481   

  $ 

2011   
9,010   
17,174   
1,595   

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed 
expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since some of the commitment amounts are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total 
commitment  amounts  do  not  necessarily  represent  future  cash  requirements.  The  Company  evaluates  each  customer’s  creditworthiness  on  a  case-by-case  basis.  The  amount  of 
collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Company upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the counter party. Collateral held varies but may 
include  residential  real  estate  and  income-producing  commercial  properties.  Loan  commitments  outstanding  at  December  31,  2012  with  fixed  interest  rates  amounted  to 
approximately $4.5 million. Loan commitments, including unused lines of credit and standby letters of credit, outstanding at December 31, 2012 with variable interest rates amounted 
to approximately $41.1 million.  These outstanding loan commitments carry current market rates.  

Unfunded commitments under standby letters of credit, revolving credit lines and overdraft protection agreements are commitments for possible future extensions of credit to existing 
customers.  These lines of credit usually do not contain a specified maturity date and may not be drawn upon to the total extent to which the Company is committed.  

Letters of credit written are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party.  Generally, all letters of credit, when issued 
have  expiration  dates  within  one  year.  The  credit  risk  involved  in  issuing  letters  of  credit  is  essentially  the  same  as  those  that  are  involved  in  extending  loan  facilities  to 
customers.  The  Company  generally  holds  collateral  and/or  personal  guarantees  supporting  these  commitments.  Management  believes  that  the  proceeds  obtained  through  a 
liquidation of collateral and the enforcement of guarantees would be sufficient to cover the potential amount of future payments required under the corresponding guarantees.  The 
amount of the liability as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 for guarantees under standby letters of credit issued is not material.  

Page 80 

   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 
The  Company  leases  land  and  leasehold  improvements  under  agreements  that  expire  in  various  years  with  renewal  options  over  the  next  30  years.  Rental  expense,  included  in 
building occupancy expense, amounted to $65,000 for 2012 and $73,000 for 2011.  

Approximate minimum rental commitments for non-cancelable operating leases are as follows:  

Years Ending December 31:  
(In thousands)  
2013  
2014  
2015  
2016  
2017  

Total minimum lease payments  

  $ 

  $ 

63   
33   
33   
33   
33   
195   

The total amount of minimum rents to be received in the future under non-cancelable subleases is $5,000.  

NOTE 17: DIVIDENDS AND RESTRICTIONS  

The Board of Directors of Pathfinder Bancorp, M.H.C., determines whether the Holding Company will waive or receive dividends declared by the Company, subject to regulatory 
approval, each time the Company declares a dividend, which is expected to be on a quarterly basis. The Holding Company may elect to receive dividends and utilize such funds to 
pay expenses or for other allowable purposes. The FRB has indicated that (i) the Holding Company shall provide the FRB annually with written notice of its intent to waive its 
dividends prior  to the proposed  date  of  the dividend and  the FRB shall  have the authority to  approve or deny any  dividend waiver  request; (ii) if  a waiver  is  granted, dividends 
waived by the Holding Company will be excluded from the Company’s capital accounts for purposes of calculating dividend payments to minority shareholders.  During 2012 and 
2011, the Company paid or accrued dividends totaling $190,000 to the Holding Company in each of these two years. The Holding Company did not waive the right to receive its 
portion of the cash dividends declared during 2012 or 2011.  

The Company's ability to pay dividends to its shareholders is largely dependent on the Bank's ability to pay dividends to the Company.  In addition to state law requirements and the 
capital  requirements  discussed  in  Note  18,  federal  statutes,  regulations  and  policies  limit  the  circumstances  under  which  the  Bank  may  pay  dividends.  The  amount  of  retained 
earnings legally available under these regulations approximated $6,268,000 as of December 31, 2012.  Dividends paid by the Bank to the Company would be prohibited if the effect 
thereof would cause the Bank’s capital to be reduced below applicable minimum capital requirements.  The Company is prohibited from accepting or directing the Bank to declare or 
pay a dividend or other capital distributions without prior written approval of the Federal Reserve.  

Since the Company has chosen to participate in the Treasury’s SBLF program, it is permitted to pay dividends on its common stock provided certain Tier 1 capital minimums are 
exceeded and SBLF dividends have been declared and paid to Treasury as of the most recent dividend period.  

Page 81 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
     
  
     
  
    
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 

NOTE 18: REGULATORY MATTERS  

The  Bank  is  subject  to  various  regulatory  capital  requirements  administered  by  the  federal  banking  agencies.  Failure  to  meet  minimum  capital  requirements  can  initiate  certain 
mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. 
Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of its 
assets,  liabilities,  and  certain  off-balance  sheet  items  as  calculated  under  regulatory  accounting  practices.  The  capital  amounts  and  classifications  are  also  subject  to  qualitative 
judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.  

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Bank to maintain amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of total and Tier 1 capital (as 
defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined), and of Tier 1 capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined).  

As  of  December  31,  2012,  the  Bank’s  most  recent  notification  from  the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  categorized  the  Bank  as  “well-capitalized”,  under  the  regulatory 
framework for prompt corrective action.  To be categorized as “well-capitalized”, the Bank must maintain total risk based, Tier 1 risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in 
the tables below. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the Bank’s category.  

The Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 are presented in the following table.  

(Dollars in thousands)  
As of December 31, 2012:  

Total Core Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)     $ 
  $ 
Tier 1 Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)  
  $ 
Tier 1 Capital (to Assets)  

As of December 31, 2011:  

Total Core Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)     $ 
  $ 
Tier 1 Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)  
  $ 
Tier 1 Capital (to Average Assets)  

Actual  

Amount   

Ratio   

Minimum  
For Capital  
Adequacy Purposes  
Amount   

45,763   
41,574   
41,574   

43,670   
39,917   
39,917   

14.2 %    $ 
12.9 %    $ 
8.8 %    $ 

14.9 %    $ 
13.7 %    $ 
9.4 %    $ 

25,808   
12,904   
18,831   

23,386   
11,693   
17,041   

Minimum  
To Be "Well-  
Capitalized"  
Under Prompt  
Corrective Provisions  
Amount   

32,259   
19,356   
23,539   

29,233   
17,540   
21,301   

Ratio   

10.0 % 
6.0 % 
5.0 % 

10.0 % 
6.0 % 
5.0 % 

Ratio   

8.0 %    $ 
4.0 %    $ 
4.0 %    $ 

8.0 %    $ 
4.0 %    $ 
4.0 %    $ 

On September 11, 2009, the Company entered into the Purchase Agreement with the United States Department of the Treasury pursuant to which the Company issued and sold to 
Treasury: (i) 6,771 shares of the Company’s Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, par value $0.01 per share, having a liquidation amount per share equal to 
$1,000, for a total price of $6,771,000; and (ii) a Warrant to purchase 154,354 shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share, at an exercise price per share of 
$6.58.  The Company contributed to the Bank, its subsidiary, $5,500,000 or 81.23% of the proceeds of the sale of the Series A Preferred Stock.  

The $6,771,000 of proceeds was allocated to the Series A Preferred Stock and the Warrant based on their relative fair values at issuance ($6,065,000 was allocated to the Series A 
Preferred Stock and $706,000 to the Warrant).  

On September 1, 2011, the Company redeemed all 6,771 shares of its Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock Series A.  The Company paid $6,786,000 to the Treasury 
Department to redeem the Series A Preferred Stock, which included the original investment of $6,771,000, plus accrued dividends.  

Page 82 

   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
     
        
        
        
     
  
  
     
        
        
        
     
  
  
     
        
     
     
  
  
     
        
     
     
  
   
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
        
        
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 
In connection with this redemption, on September 1, 2011, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement with the Secretary of the Treasury (“Treasury”) pursuant to 
which  the  Company  sold  to  the  Treasury,  13,000  shares  of  its  Senior  Non-Cumulative  Perpetual  Preferred  Stock,  Series  B  (“Series  B  Preferred  Stock”),  having  a  liquidation 
preference of $1,000 per share for aggregate proceeds of $13,000,000.  This transaction was entered into as part of the Treasury’s Small Business Lending Fund Program (“SBLF”).  

Accordingly, the Company is no longer subject to restrictions of the CPP program.  The SBLF program does have its own requirements, which are summarized below:  

The Series B Preferred Stock is entitled to receive non-cumulative dividends payable quarterly, on each January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1, beginning October 1, 2011.  The 
dividend rate, which is calculated on the aggregate Liquidation Amount, was initially set at 4.2% per annum based upon the current level of “Qualified Small Business Lending”, or 
“QSBL” (as defined in the Securities Purchase Agreement) by the Company’s wholly owned subsidiary, the Bank.  The dividend rate for future dividend periods will be set based 
upon the “Percentage Change in Qualified Lending” (as defined in the Securities Purchase Agreement) between each dividend period and the “Baseline” QSBL level.  Such dividend 
rate may vary from 1% per annum to 5% per annum for the second through tenth dividend periods, from 1% per annum to 7% per annum for the eleventh through the first half of the 
nineteenth dividend periods.   If the Series B Preferred Stock remains outstanding for more than four-and-one-half years, the dividend rate will be fixed at 9%.  Prior to that time, in 
general,  the  dividend  rate  decreases  as  the  level  of  the  Bank’s  QSBL  increases.   The  Company’s  dividend  rate  as  of  the  date  of  this  report  is  2.56%.  Such  dividends  are  not 
cumulative, but the Company may only declare and pay dividends on its common stock (or any other equity securities junior to the Series B Preferred Stock) if it has declared and 
paid dividends for the current dividend period on the Series B Preferred Stock, and will be subject to other restrictions on its ability to repurchase or redeem other securities.    

The Company may redeem the shares of Series B Preferred Stock, in whole or in part, at any time at a redemption price equal to the sum of the Liquidation Amount per share and the 
per-share amount of any unpaid dividends for the then-current period, subject to any required prior approval by the Company’s primary federal banking regulator.  

The  Company’s  ability  to  pay  common  stock  dividends  is  conditional  on  payment  of  the  Series  B  Preferred  Stock  Dividends  described  above.  In  addition,  the  SBLF  program 
requires the Company to file quarterly reports on QSBL lending reported on by its Auditor annually.  The Company must also outreach and advertise the availability of QSBL to 
organizations and individuals who represent minorities, woman and veterans.  The Company must annually certify that no business loans are made to principals of businesses who 
have  been  convicted  of  a  sex  crime  against  a  minor.  Finally,  the  SBLF  program  requires  the  Company  to  file  quarterly,  annual  and  other  reports  provided  to  shareholders 
concurrently with the Treasury.  

The Company’s goal is to maintain a strong capital position, consistent with the risk profile of its subsidiary banks that supports growth and expansion activities while at the same 
time  exceeding  regulatory  standards.  At  December  31,  2012,  the  Bank  exceeded  all  regulatory  required  minimum  capital  ratios  and  met  the  regulatory  definition  of  a  “well-
capitalized” institution, i.e. a leverage capital ratio exceeding 5%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio exceeding 6% and a total risk-based capital ratio exceeding 10%.  

The Bank is required to maintain average balances on hand or with the Federal Reserve Bank.  At December 31, 2012 and 2011, these reserve balances amounted to $2,811,000 and 
$2,582,000, respectively.  

Page 83 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
  
Table of Contents 
NOTE 19: INTEREST RATE DERIVATIVE  

Derivative instruments are entered into primarily as a risk management tool of the Company. Financial derivatives are recorded at fair value as other assets and other liabilities. The 
accounting for changes in the fair value of a derivative depends on whether it has been designated and qualifies as part of a hedging relationship. For a fair value hedge, changes in 
the fair value of the derivative instrument and changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability are recognized currently in earnings. For a cash flow hedge, changes in the fair 
value of the derivative instrument, to the extent that it is effective, are recorded in other comprehensive income and subsequently reclassified to earnings as the hedged transaction 
impacts  net  income.  Any  ineffective  portion  of  a  cash  flow  hedge  is  recognized  currently  in  earnings.  See  Note  20  for  further  discussion  of  the  fair  value  of  the  interest  rate 
derivative.  

The Company has $5 million of floating rate trust preferred debt indexed to 3-month LIBOR.  As a result, it is exposed to variability in cash flows related to changes in projected 
interest payments caused by changes in the benchmark interest rate.   During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009, the Company entered into an interest rate swap agreement, with a $2.0 
million notional amount, to convert a portion of the variable-rate junior subordinated debentures to a fixed rate for a term of approximately 7 years at a rate of 4.96%.  The derivative 
is designated as a cash flow hedge.  The hedging strategy ensures that changes in cash flows from the derivative will be highly effective at offsetting changes in interest expense from 
the hedged exposure.  

The following table summarizes the fair value of outstanding derivatives and their presentation on the statements of condition as of December 31:  

 (In thousands)  
 Cash flow hedge:  

 Other liabilities  

   $ 

195       $ 

2012   

2011   

200   

The change in accumulated other comprehensive loss, on a pretax basis, and the impact on earnings from the interest rate swap that qualifies as a cash flow hedge for the year ended 
December 31 were as follows:  

(In thousands)  
Balance as of January 1:  

Amount of losses recognized in other comprehensive income  
Amount of loss reclassified from other comprehensive income  
     and recognized as interest expense  

Balance as of December 31:  

   $ 

   $ 

2012   
(200 )     $ 
(53 )       

58         
(195 )     $ 

2011   
(110 ) 
(151 ) 

61   
(200 ) 

No amount of ineffectiveness has been included in earnings and the changes in fair value have been recorded in other comprehensive income.  Some or the entire amount included in 
accumulated  other  comprehensive  loss  would  be  reclassified  into  current  earnings  should  a  portion  of,  or  the  entire  hedge  no  longer  be  considered  effective,  but  at  this  time, 
management expects the hedge to remain fully effective during the remaining term of the swap.  

The Company posted cash, of $200,000, under collateral arrangements to satisfy collateral requirements associated with the interest rate swap contract.  

Page 84 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
  
  
     
        
  
  
  
  
  
     
        
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
     
     
          
    
     
  
Table of Contents 

NOTE 20: FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS AND DISCLOSURES  

Accounting guidance related to fair value measurements and disclosures specifies a hierarchy of valuation techniques based on whether the inputs to those valuation techniques are 
observable or unobservable. Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect the Company’s market assumptions. These 
two types of inputs have created the following fair value hierarchy:  

Level 1 – Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity has the ability to access as of the measurement date.  

Level 2 – Quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; and model-derived 
valuations in which all significant inputs and significant value drivers are observable in active markets.  

Level 3 – Model-derived valuations in which one or more significant inputs or significant value drivers are unobservable.  

An asset’s or liability’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.  

In determining fair value, the Company utilizes valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs, minimize the use of unobservable inputs to the extent possible and 
considers counterparty credit risk in its assessment of fair value.  

The Company used the following methods and significant assumptions to estimate fair value:  

Investment securities:  The fair values of securities available for sale are obtained from an independent third party and are based on quoted prices on nationally recognized exchange 
where available (Level 1).  If quoted prices are not available, fair values are measured by utilizing matrix pricing, which is a mathematical technique used widely in the industry to 
value debt securities without relying exclusively on quoted prices for specific securities but rather by relying on the securities’ relationship to other benchmark quoted securities 
(Level 2).  Management made no adjustment to the fair value quotes that were received from the independent third party pricing service.  

Interest rate swap derivative:  The fair value of the interest rate swap derivative is calculated based on a discounted cash flow model. All future floating cash flows are projected and 
both floating and fixed cash flows are discounted to the valuation date.  The curve utilized for discounting and projecting is built by obtaining publicly available third party market 
quotes for various swap maturity terms.  

Impaired loans: Impaired loans are those loans in which the Company has measured impairment generally based on the fair value of the loan’s collateral.  Fair value is generally 
determined  based  upon  independent  third  party  appraisals  of  the  properties  and/or  estimates  by  management  of  working  capital  collateral  or  discounted  cash  flows  based  upon 
expected proceeds.  These appraisals may include up to three approaches to value: the sales comparison approach, the income approach (for income-producing property) and the cost 
approach.  Management  modifies  the appraised values, if  needed,  to take into account recent developments  in the market or other factors, such as changes  in absorption rates or 
market conditions from the time of valuation, and anticipated sales values considering management’s plans for disposition.  Such modifications to the appraised values could result in 
lower valuations of such collateral. Estimated costs to sell are based on current amounts of disposal costs for similar assets.  These measurements are classified as Level 3 within the 
valuation hierarchy. Impaired loans are subject to nonrecurring fair value adjustment upon initial recognition or subsequent impairment.  A portion of the allowance for loan losses is 
allocated to impaired loans if the value of such loans is deemed to be less than the unpaid balance.  

Page 85 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
  
Table of Contents 

Foreclosed real estate:  Fair values for foreclosed real estate are initially recorded based on market value evaluations by third parties, less costs to sell (“initial cost basis”).  Any 
write-downs  required  when  the  related  loan  receivable  is  exchanged  for  the  underlying  real  estate  collateral  at  the  time  of  transfer  to  foreclosed  real  estate  are  charged  to  the 
allowance  for  loan  losses.  Values  are  derived  from  appraisals,  similar  to  impaired  loans, of  underlying  collateral  or  discounted  cash  flow  analysis.   Subsequent  to  foreclosure, 
valuations  are  updated  periodically  and  assets  are  marked  to  current  fair  value,  not  to  exceed  the  initial  cost  basis.  In  the  determination  of  fair  value  subsequent  to  foreclosure, 
management also considers other factors or recent developments, such as changes in absorption rates and market conditions from the time of valuation, and anticipated sales values 
considering  management’s  plans  for  disposition,  which  could  result  in  adjustment  to  lower  the  property  value  estimates  indicated  in  the  appraisals.  These  measurements  are 
classified as Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy.  

The following tables summarize assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, segregated by the level of valuation inputs within the hierarchy utilized to 
measure fair value:  

(In thousands)  
Debt investment securities:  

US Treasury, agencies and GSEs  
State and political subdivisions  
Corporate  
Residential mortgage-backed - US agency  
Residential mortgage-backed - private label  

Equity investment securities:  

Mutual funds:  

Ultra short mortgage fund  
Large cap equity fund  
Other mutual funds  

Common stock - financial services industry  

Total investment securities  

Interest rate swap derivative  

(In thousands)  
Debt investment securities:  

US Treasury, agencies and GSEs  
State and political subdivisions  
Corporate  
Residential mortgage-backed - US agency  
Residential mortgage-backed - private label  

Equity investment securities:  

Mutual funds:  

Ultra short mortgage fund  
Large cap equity fund  
Other mutual funds  

Common stock - financial services industry  

Total investment securities  

Interest rate swap derivative  

2012  

Level 1   

Level 2   

Level 3   

  $ 

-  
-  
-  
-  
-  

1,291   
1,081   
-  
33   
2,405   

  $ 

  $ 

6,183   
27,471   
23,006   
48,251   
305   

-  
-  
319   
399   
105,934   

  $ 

-  
-  
-  
-  
-  

-  
-  
-  
-  
-  

  $ 

  $ 

Total Fair   
Value   

6,183   
27,471   
23,006   
48,251   
305   

1,291   
1,081   
319   
432   
108,339   

-  

  $ 

(195 ) 

  $ 

-  

  $ 

(195 ) 

2011  

Level 1   

Level 2   

Level 3   

  $ 

-  
-  
-  
-  
-  

1,298   
1,024   
-  
25   
2,347   

  $ 

5,073   
20,304   
20,434   
51,056   
519   

-  
-  
243   
419   
98,048   

  $ 

  $ 

-  
-  
-  
-  
-  

-  
-  
-  
-  
-  

  $ 

  $ 

Total Fair   
Value   

5,073   
20,304   
20,434   
51,056   
519   

1,298   
1,024   
243   
444   
100,395   

-  

  $ 

(200 ) 

  $ 

-  

  $ 

(200 ) 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

Page 86 

   
 
   
   
 
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
    
     
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
     
          
          
          
    
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
    
     
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
     
          
          
          
    
  
Table of Contents 

Certain assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis; that is, the instruments are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis but are subject to fair value 
adjustments in certain circumstances (for example, when there is evidence of impairment).  

The following tables summarize assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as of December 31, segregated by the level of valuation inputs within the hierarchy utilized to 
measure fair value:  

(In thousands)  
Impaired loans  
Foreclosed real estate  

(In thousands)  
Impaired loans  
Foreclosed real estate  

  $ 
  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

Level 1   
-  
-  

  $ 
  $ 

Level 1   
-  
-  

  $ 
  $ 

2012  

Level 2   
-  
-  

  $ 
  $ 

2011  

Level 2   
-  
-  

  $ 
  $ 

Level 3   
1,951   
301   

  $ 
  $ 

Level 3   
1,608   
165   

  $ 
  $ 

Total Fair   
Value   
1,951   
301   

Total Fair   
Value   
1,608   
165   

The following table presents additional quantitative information about assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis and for which Level 3 inputs were used to determine fair 
value.  

At December 31, 2012  
Impaired loans  

Valuation  

Techniques  

Appraisal of collateral  

Foreclosed real estate  

Appraisal of collateral  

Quantitative Information about Level 3 Fair Value Measurements  
Unobservable  

Input  

Appraisal Adjustments  
Costs to Sell  

Appraisal Adjustments  
Costs to Sell  

Range  
(Weighted 
Avg.)  

5% - 30% (21%) 
6% - 15% (12%) 

15% - 15% (15%) 
6% - 7% (6%) 

There have been no transfers of assets in or out of any fair value measurement level.  

Required  disclosures  include  fair  value  information  of  financial  instruments,  whether  or  not  recognized  in  the  consolidated  statement  of  condition,  for  which  it  is  practicable  to 
estimate that value.  In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques. Those techniques are 
significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows. In that regard, the derived fair value estimates cannot be substantiated 
by comparison to independent markets and, in many cases, could not be realized in immediate settlement of the instrument.  

Management  uses  its  best  judgment  in  estimating  the  fair  value  of  the  Company’s  financial  instruments;  however,  there  are  inherent  weaknesses  in  any  estimation 
technique.  Therefore, for substantially all financial instruments, the fair value estimates herein are not necessarily indicative of the amounts the Company could have realized in a 
sales transaction on the dates  indicated.  The estimated fair value amounts have  been measured  as  of their  respective  period-ends, and have not been re-evaluated or updated for 
purposes of these financial statements subsequent to those respective dates.  As such, the estimated fair values of these financial instruments subsequent to the respective reporting 
dates may be different than the amounts reported at each period-end.  

Page 87 

 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
    
  
Table of Contents 

The following information should not be interpreted as an estimate of the fair value of the entire Company since a fair value calculation is only provided for a limited portion of the 
Company’s assets and liabilities.  Due to a wide range of valuation techniques and the degree of subjectivity used in making the estimates, comparisons between the Company’s 
disclosures and those of other companies may not be meaningful.  The Company, in estimating its fair value disclosures for financial instruments, used the following methods and 
assumptions:  

Cash and cash equivalents – The carrying amounts of these assets approximate their fair value.  

Interest earning time deposits – The carrying amounts of these assets approximate their fair value.  

Investment securities – The fair values of securities available for sale are obtained from an independent third party and are based on quoted prices on nationally recognized exchange 
where available (Level 1).  If quoted prices are not available, fair values are measured by utilizing matrix pricing, which is a mathematical technique used widely in the industry to 
value debt securities without relying exclusively on quoted prices for specific securities, but rather by relying on the securities’ relationship to other benchmark quoted securities 
(Level 2).  Management made no adjustment to the fair value quotes that were received from the independent third party pricing service.  

Federal Home Loan Bank stock – The carrying amount of these assets approximates their fair value.  

Loans – For variable-rate loans that re-price frequently, fair value is based on carrying amounts.  The fair value of other loans (for example, fixed-rate commercial real estate loans, 
mortgage loans, and commercial and industrial loans) is estimated using discounted cash flow analysis, based on interest rates currently being offered in the market for loans with 
similar  terms  to  borrowers  of  similar  credit  quality.  Loan  value  estimates  include  judgments  based  on  expected  prepayment  rates.  The  measurement  of  the  fair  value  of  loans, 
including impaired loans, is classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.  

Accrued interest receivable and payable – The carrying amount of these assets approximates their fair value.  

Deposits  –  The  fair  values  disclosed  for  demand  deposits  (e.g.,  interest-bearing  and  noninterest-bearing  checking,  passbook  savings  and  certain  types  of  money  management 
accounts)  are,  by  definition,  equal  to  the  amount  payable  on  demand  at  the  reporting  date  (i.e.,  their  carrying  amounts)  and  are  classified  within  Level  1  of  the  fair  value 
hierarchy.  Fair values for fixed-rate certificates of deposit are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies interest rates currently being offered in the market on 
certificates of deposits to a schedule of aggregated expected monthly maturities on time deposits.  Measurements of the fair value of time deposits are classified within Level 2 of the 
fair value hierarchy.  

Borrowings  –  Fixed/variable  term  “bullet”  structures  are  valued  using  a  replacement  cost  of  funds  approach.  These  borrowings  are  discounted  to  the  FHLBNY  advance 
curve.  Option structured borrowings’ fair values are determined by the FHLB for borrowings that include a call or conversion option.  If market pricing is not available from this 
source, current market indications from the FHLBNY are obtained and the borrowings are discounted to the FHLBNY advance curve less an appropriate spread to adjust for the 
option. These measurements are classified as Level 2 within the fair value hierarchy.  

Junior subordinated debentures – Current economic conditions have rendered the market for this liability inactive.  As such, the Company is unable to determine a good estimate of 
fair value.  Since the rate paid on the debentures held is lower than what would be required to secure an interest in the same debt at year end, and we are unable to obtain a current 
fair value, we have disclosed that the carrying value approximates the fair value, resulting in a Level 3 classification.  

Interest rate swap derivative – The fair value of the interest rate swap derivative is obtained from a third party pricing agent and is calculated based on a discounted cash flow model. 
All future floating cash flows are projected and both floating and fixed cash flows are discounted to the valuation date.  The curve utilized for discounting and projecting is built by 
obtaining publicly available third party market quotes for various swap maturity terms, and therefore is classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.  

Page 88 

   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
Table of Contents 

Off-balance sheet instruments – Fair values for the Company’s off-balance sheet instruments are based on fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account 
the remaining terms of the agreements and the counterparties’ credit standing.  Such fees were not material at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011.  

The carrying amounts and fair values of the Company’s financial instruments as of December 31 are presented in the following table:  

(Dollars In thousands)  
Financial assets:  
Cash and cash equivalents  
Interest earning time deposits  
Investment securities  
Investment securities  
Federal Home Loan Bank stock  
Net loans  
Accrued interest receivable  

Financial liabilities:  
Demand Deposits, Savings, NOW and MMDA  
Time Deposits  
Borrowings  
Junior subordinated debentures  
Accrued interest payable  
Interest rate swap derivative  
Off-balance sheet instruments:  
Standby letters of credit  
Commitments to extend credit  

Fair Value   
Hierarchy   

1   
1   
1   
2   
2   
3   
1   

1   
2   
2   
3   
1   
2   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

2012  

Carrying   
Amounts   

  $ 

  $ 

8,665   
2,000   
2,405   
105,934   
1,929   
329,247   
1,717   

228,484   
163,321   
34,964   
5,155   
140   
195   

Fair Values   

  $ 

  $ 

8,665   
2,000   
2,405   
105,934   
1,929   
341,389   
1,717   

228,484   
165,491   
36,054   
5,155   
140   
195   

2011  

Carrying   
Amounts   

  $ 

  $ 

10,218   
2,000   
2,347   
98,048   
1,528   
300,770   
1,685   

214,318   
151,811   
26,074   
5,155   
145   
200   

-  
-  

  $ 
  $ 

-  
-  

  $ 
  $ 

-  
-  

  $ 
  $ 

Fair Values   

10,218   
2,000   
2,347   
98,048   
1,528   
310,218   
1,685   

214,318   
154,836   
27,322   
5,155   
145   
200   

-  
-  

NOTE 21: PARENT COMPANY – FINANCIAL INFORMATION  

The following represents the condensed financial information of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. as of and for the years ended December 31:  

Statements of Condition  
(In thousands)  
Assets  

Cash  
Investments  
Investment in bank subsidiary  
Investment in non-bank subsidiary  
Other assets  

Total assets  

Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity  

Accrued liabilities  
Junior subordinated debentures  
Shareholders' equity  

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity  

Page 89 

2012   

2011   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

1,482   
33   
44,206   
155   
390   
46,266   

364   
5,155   
40,747   
46,266   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

1,729   
23   
41,213   
155   
328   
43,448   

452   
5,155   
37,841   
43,448   

   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
        
        
  
     
     
    
    
    
    
     
    
    
    
    
     
    
    
    
    
     
    
    
    
    
     
    
    
    
    
     
    
    
    
    
  
     
          
          
          
          
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
     
     
    
    
    
    
     
    
    
    
    
     
    
    
    
    
     
    
    
    
    
     
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
     
    
     
    
  
  
     
        
  
     
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
    
    
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 
Statements of Income  
(In thousands)  
Income  
Dividends from bank subsidiary  
Dividends from non-bank subsidiary  
Total income  
Expenses  
Interest  
Operating  
Total expenses  

Income (loss) before taxes and equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries  

Tax benefit  

Income (loss) before equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries  

Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries  

Net income  

Statements of Cash Flows  
(In thousands)  
Operating Activities  
Net Income  
Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries  
Stock based compensation and ESOP expense  
Net change in other assets and liabilities  

Net cash flows from operating activities  

Investing Activities  

Capital contributed to wholly-owned bank subsidiary  

Net cash flows from investing activities  

Financing activities  

Proceeds from sale of preferred stock -SBLF  
Proceeds from exercise of stock options  
Purchase of CPP Warrants from Treasury and redemption of CPP Preferred  stock  
Cash dividends paid to preferred shareholders  
Cash dividends paid to common shareholders  
Net cash flows from financing activities  
Change in cash and cash equivalents  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year  
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year  

Page 90 

2012   

2011   

1,200   
3   
1,203   

168   
114   
282   
921   
72   
993   
1,655   
2,648   

2012   

2,648   
(1,655 ) 
193   
(93 ) 
1,093   

-  
-  

-  
5   
(537 ) 
(507 ) 
(301 ) 
(1,340 ) 
(247 ) 
1,729   
1,482   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

-  
4   
4   

163   
200   
363   
(359 ) 
108   
(251 ) 
2,574   
2,323   

2011   

2,323   
(2,574 ) 
112   
29   
(110 ) 

(4,900 ) 
(4,900 ) 

13,000   
66   
(6,771 ) 
(457 ) 
(298 ) 
5,540   
530   
1,199   
1,729   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

 
 
 
 
  
  
     
        
  
     
        
  
    
    
    
    
     
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
     
          
    
  
  
     
        
  
     
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 

NOTE 22:  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS  

In the ordinary course of business, the Company has granted loans to certain directors, executive officers and their affiliates (collectively referred to as “related parties”).  These loans 
were made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other unaffiliated parties and do not 
involve more than normal risk of collectibility.  

The following represents the activity associated with loans to related parties during the year ended December 31, 2012:  

(In thousands)  
Balance at the beginning of the year  

Originations  
Principal payments  
Decrease due to Director attrition  

Balance at the end of the year  

  $ 

  $ 

3,753   
2,976   
(812 ) 
(88 ) 
5,829   

At December 31, 2012 and  December 31, 2011, the Bank had  a loan  receivable from  the Holding Company  of $1.0 million  and $1.1 million, respectively.   Interest paid by the 
Holding Company for the years ended 2012 and 2011 was $53,000 and $59,000, respectively.  

Deposits of related parties at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 were $1.9 million and $2.4 million, respectively.  

In October 2002, the Company entered into a land lease with one of its directors, now retired, on an arms-length basis. In January 2006, the Company entered into a lease with the 
Holding Company for the use of a training facility.  This lease was executed on an arms-length basis.  During 2010, the Company entered into an arm’s length lease with the Holding 
Company for space that is then sub-leased by the Company to a charitable organization at below-market rents.  Rent expense paid to the related parties during 2012 and 2011 was 
$21,000 and $23,000, respectively.  

Page 91 

   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
     
  
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 
ITEM 9: CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE  

None.  

ITEM 9A : CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES  

REPORT OF MANAGEMENT’S RESPONSIBILITY  

The Company’s management, including  the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer, have evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s “disclosure 
controls and procedures,” as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (the “Exchange Act”). Based upon their 
evaluation, the principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this report, the Company’s disclosure controls and 
procedures were effective for the purpose of ensuring that the information required to be disclosed in the reports that the Company files or submits under the Exchange Act with the 
Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) (1) is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and (2) is 
accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding 
required disclosure.  

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING  

Management’s report on internal control over financial reporting is contained in “Item 8 – Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” in this annual report in Form 10-K.  

This annual report does not include an attestation report of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting pursuant 
to the rules of the Dodd-Frank Act that exempts the Company from such attestation and requires only management’s report.  

CHANGES IN INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING  

There  were  no  changes  in  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  that  occurred  during  the  Company’s  last  fiscal  quarter  that  have  materially  affected,  or  are 
reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.  

ITEM 9B : OTHER INFORMATION  

None  

Page 92 

 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
  
Table of Contents 
PAR T III  

ITEM 10: DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, PROMOTERS, CONTROL PERSONS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE, COMPLIANCE WITH SECTIONS 
16 (A) OF EXCHANGE ACT  

(a)   Information concerning the directors of the Company is incorporated by reference hereunder in the Company's Proxy Materials for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders.  
(b)   Set forth below is information concerning the Executive Officers of the Company at December 31, 2012.  

Name  
Thomas W. Schneider  
James A. Dowd, CPA  
Edward A. Mervine  
Melissa A. Miller  
Ronald Tascarella  

Age  
51  
45  
56  
55  
54  

Positions Held With the Company  
President and Chief Executive Officer  
Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer  
Senior Vice President, General Counsel  
Senior Vice President, Chief Operating Officer  
Senior Vice President, Chief Credit Officer  

ITEM 11: EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION  

Information with respect to management compensation and transactions required under this item is incorporated by reference hereunder in the Company's Proxy Materials for the 
Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the caption "Compensation Committee".  

ITEM 12: SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS  

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference hereunder in the Company’s Proxy Materials for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the caption "Voting 
Securities and Principal Holders Thereof".  

ITEM 13: CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE  

The  information  required  by  this  item  is  incorporated  by  reference  hereunder  in  the  Company’s  Proxy  Materials  for  the  Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders  under  the  caption 
"Transactions with Certain Related Persons”.  

ITEM 14: PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES  

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference hereunder in the Company’s Proxy Materials for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the caption "Audit and 
Related Fees".  

Page 93 

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
  
Table of Contents 
PART IV  

ITEM 15: EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES  

(a)(1)  

(a)(2)  

(b)  

3.1  

3.2  

4  

10.1  

10.2  

10.3  

10.4  

10.5  

10.6  

10.7  

10.8  

Financial Statements - The Company’s consolidated financial statements, for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, together with the Report of Independent 
Registered Public Accounting Firm are filed as part of this Form 10-K report.  See “Item 8: Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”  

Financial  Statement  Schedules  -  All  financial  statement  schedules  have  been  omitted  as  the  required  information  is  inapplicable  or  has  been  included  in  “Item  7: 
Management Discussion and Analysis.”  

Exhibits  

Certificate of Incorporation of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 25, 2001)  

Bylaws of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 15, 2005 and November 28, 
2007)  

Form of Stock Certificate of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 25, 2001)  

Pathfinder Bank 1997 Stock Option Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to the Company's S-8 file no. 333-53027)  

2010 Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company’s S-8 file no. 333-178590)  

2003 Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 
file no. 000-23601)  

2003 Trustee Deferred Fee Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 file no. 000-
23601)  

Employment  Agreement  between  the  Bank  and  Thomas  W.  Schneider,  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  (Incorporated  by  reference  to  the  Company's  Annual 
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 file no. 000-23601)  

Employment Agreement between the Bank and Edward A. Mervine, Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary (Incorporated by reference to the Company's Annual 
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 file no. 000-23601)  

Change of Control Agreement between the Bank and Ronald Tascarella (Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended 
December 31, 2008 file no. 000-23601)  

Change of Control Agreement between the Bank and James A. Dowd (Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended 
December 31, 2008 file no. 000-23601)  

Page 94 

 
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
Table of Contents 
10.9  

Change of Control Agreement between the Bank and Melissa A. Miller (Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended 
December 31, 2008 file no. 000-23601)  

10.10  

10.11  

14  

21  

23  

Executive Supplemental Retirement Agreement between the Bank and Chris C. Gagas (Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for 
the year ended December 31, 2008 file no. 000-23601)  

Executive Supplemental Retirement Agreement between the Bank and Thomas W. Schneider (Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 
10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 file no. 000-23601  

Code of Ethics (Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003)  

Subsidiaries of Company  

Consent of Bonadio & Co., LLP  

31.1  

Rule 13a-14(a) / 15d-14(a) Certification of the Chief Executive Officer  

31.2                              Rule 13a-14(a) / 15d-14(a) Certification of the Chief Financial Officer  

32.1                               Section 1350 Certification of the Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officer  

Page 95 

 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
   
   
   
  
Table of Contents 
Signatures  

Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  Section  13  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  the  Company  has  duly  caused  this  report  to  be  signed  on  its  behalf  by  the  undersigned, 
thereunto duly authorized.  

Date:  

March 18, 2013  

Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.  

By:  

/s/ Thomas W. Schneider  
Thomas W. Schneider  
President and Chief Executive Officer  

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and 
on the dates indicated.  

By:   

/s/ Thomas W. Schneider  
Thomas W. Schneider, President and  
Chief Executive Officer  
(Principal Executive Officer)  

Date:    March 18, 2013  

By:   

/s/ Janette Resnick  
Janette Resnick, Director  
Chairman of the Board  

Date:    March 18, 2013  

By:   

/s/ L. William Nelson  
L. William Nelson, Director  

Date:    March 18, 2013  

By:   

/s/ Lloyd Stemple  
Lloyd Stemple, Director  

Date:    March 18, 2013  

By:   

/s/John P. Funiciello  
John Funiciello, Director  

Date:    March 18, 2013  

By:   

/s/ David A. Ayoub  
David Ayoub, Director  

Date:    March 18, 2013  

By:   

/s/ James A. Dowd  
James A. Dowd, Senior Vice President and  
Chief Financial Officer  
(Principal Financial Officer)  

Date:    March 18, 2013  

By:   

/s/ Richard M. Jablonka  
Richard M. Jablonka, Vice President and  
Controller  
(Principal Accounting Officer)  

Date:    March 18, 2013  

By:   

/s/ William A. Barclay  
   William A. Barclay, Director  

Date:    March 18, 2013  

By:   

/s/ Chris R. Burritt  
Chris R. Burritt, Director  

Date:    March 18, 2013  

By:   

/s/ George P. Joyce  
George P. Joyce, Director  

Date:    March 18, 2013  

Page 96 

 
 
 
 
 
   
  
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents 
EXHIBIT 21:  SUBSIDIARIES OF THE COMPANY  

Company  
Pathfinder Bank  
Pathfinder Statutory Trust II  
Pathfinder Commercial Bank (1)  
Pathfinder REIT, Inc. (1)  
Whispering Oaks Development Corp. (1)  
Pathfinder Risk Management Company Inc. (1)  

(1) Wholly owned subsidiary of Pathfinder Bank.  

EXHIBIT 23: CONSENT OF BONADIO & CO., LLP  

Percent Owned  
100%  
100%  
100%  
100%  
100%  
100%  

Jurisdiction or State of Incorporation  

New York  
Delaware  
New York  
New York  
New York  
New York  

Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.  
Oswego, New York  

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM  

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (No. 333-178590) and Form S-8 (No. 333-53027) of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. of 
our report, dated March 18, 2013, relating to the consolidated financial statements, which appear in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  

Bonadio & Co., LLP  
Syracuse, New York  
March  18, 2013  

/s/ BONADIO & CO., LLP  

Page 97 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
  
Table of Contents 

EXHIBIT 31.1: Rule 13a-14(a) / 15d-14(a) Certification of the Chief Executive Officer  

Certification of Chief Executive Officer  

Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002  

I, Thomas W. Schneider, President and Chief Executive Officer, certify that:  

1.  

 I have reviewed this Annual report on Form 10-K of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.;  

 Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements 

2.  
made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;  

 Based on my knowledge, the consolidated financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the 

3.  
consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;  

 The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act 

4.  
Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:  

 Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting, to be designed under our supervision, to 

(a)  
 Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that 
material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the 
period in which this report is being prepared;  
(b)  
provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of consolidated financial statements for external purposes in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;  
(c)  
disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and  
(d)  
registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control 
over financial reporting; and  

 Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the 

 Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the 

 The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's 

5.  
auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors:  

 All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to 

(a)  
adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and  
(b)  
reporting.  

 Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial 

March 18, 2013  

/s/ Thomas W. Schneider  
Thomas W. Schneider  
President and Chief Executive Officer  

Page 98 

   
 
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
Table of Contents 

EXHIBIT 31.2: Rule 13a-14(a) / 15d-14(a) Certification of the Chief Financial Officer  

Certification of Chief Financial Officer  

Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002  

I,  James A. Dowd, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, certify that:  

1.  

 I have reviewed this Annual report on Form 10-K of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.;  

 Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a   material fact necessary to make the statements 

2.  
made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;  

 Based on my knowledge, the consolidated financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the 

3.  
consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;  

 The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act 

4.  
Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:  

 Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting, to be designed under our supervision, to 

(a)  
 Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that 
material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the 
period in which this report is being prepared;  
(b)  
provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of consolidated financial statements for external purposes in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;  
(c)  
disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and  
(d)  
registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control 
over financial reporting; and  

 Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the 

 Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the 

 The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's 

5.  
auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors:  

 All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to 

(a)  
adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and  
(b)  
reporting.  

 Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial 

March 18, 2013  

/s/ James A. Dowd  
James A. Dowd  
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer  

Page 99 

   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
Table of Contents 
EXHIBIT 32.1  Section 1350 Certification of the Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officers  

Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002  

Thomas W. Schneider, President and Chief Executive Officer, and James A. Dowd, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. (the "Company"), 
each certify in his capacity as an officer of the Company that he has reviewed the Annual Report of the Company on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 and that to the 
best of his knowledge:  

1.  

 the report fully complies with the requirements of Sections 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and  

2.  

 the information contained in the report fairly presents, in all material respects, the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of the Company.  

The purpose of this statement is solely to comply with Title 18, Chapter 63, Section 1350 of the United States Code, as amended by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.  

March 18, 2013  

March 18, 2013  

/s/ Thomas W. Schneider  
Thomas W. Schneider  
President and Chief Executive Officer  

/s/ James A. Dowd  
James A. Dowd  
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
  
  
EXHIBIT 31.1: Rule 13a-14(a) / 15d-14(a) Certification of the Chief Executive Officer  

Certification of Chief Executive Officer  

Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002  

I, Thomas W. Schneider, President and Chief Executive Officer, certify that:  

1.  

 I have reviewed this Annual report on Form 10-K of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.;  

 Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements 

2.  
made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;  

 Based on my knowledge, the consolidated financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the 

3.  
consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;  

 The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act 

4.  
Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:  

 Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting, to be designed under our supervision, to 

(a)  
 Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that 
material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the 
period in which this report is being prepared;  
(b)  
provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of consolidated financial statements for external purposes in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;  
(c)  
disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and  
(d)  
 Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter 
(the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal 
control over financial reporting; and  

 Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the 

 The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's 

5.  
auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors:  

 All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to 

(a)  
adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and  
(b)  
reporting.  

 Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial 

March 18, 2013  

/s/ Thomas W. Schneider  
Thomas W. Schneider  
President and Chief Executive Officer  

 
 
 
  
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
EXHIBIT 31.2: Rule 13a-14(a) / 15d-14(a) Certification of the Chief Financial Officer  

Certification of Chief Financial Officer  

Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002  

I,  James A. Dowd, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, certify that:  

1.  

 I have reviewed this Annual report on Form 10-K of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.;  

 Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a   material fact necessary to make the statements 

2.  
made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;  

 Based on my knowledge, the consolidated financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the 

3.  
consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;  

 The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act 

4.  
Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:  

 Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting, to be designed under our supervision, to 

(a)  
 Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that 
material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the 
period in which this report is being prepared;  
(b)  
provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of consolidated financial statements for external purposes in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;  
(c)  
disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and  
(d)  
 Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter 
(the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal 
control over financial reporting; and  

 Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the 

 The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's 

5.  
auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors:  

 All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to 

(a)  
adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and  
(b)  
reporting.  

 Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial 

March 18, 2013  

/s/ James A. Dowd  
James A. Dowd  
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer  

 
 
 
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
EXHIBIT 32.1  Section 1350 Certification of the Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officers  

Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002  

Thomas W. Schneider, President and Chief Executive Officer, and James A. Dowd, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. (the "Company"), 
each certify in his capacity as an officer of the Company that he has reviewed the Annual Report of the Company on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 and that to the 
best of his knowledge:  

1.  

 the report fully complies with the requirements of Sections 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and  

2.  

 the information contained in the report fairly presents, in all material respects, the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of the Company.  

The purpose of this statement is solely to comply with Title 18, Chapter 63, Section 1350 of the United States Code, as amended by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.  

March 18, 2013  

March 18, 2013  

/s/ Thomas W. Schneider  
Thomas W. Schneider  
President and Chief Executive Officer  

/s/ James A. Dowd  
James A. Dowd  
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer